323-1701-090 r10 1 PDF

NT0H65ARNT0H65AR 323-1701-090
Nortel
Optical Metro 5100/5200
About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library
Whats inside...
Documentation overview
Release history
List of terms
Master index
Standard Release 10.1 Issue 1 June 2008
This document is protected by copyright laws and international treaties. All information, copyrights and any other intellectual property
rights contained in this document are the property of Nortel Networks. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks,
the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein and this document shall not be published, copied, produced
or reproduced, modified, translated, compiled, distributed, displayed or transmitted, in whole or part, in any form or media.
This information is provided as is, and Nortel Networks does not make or provide any warranty of any kind, expressed or implied,
including any implied warranties of merchantability, non-infringement of third party intellectual property rights, and fitness for a
particular purpose.
Nortel, the Nortel logo, the Globemark, and OPTera are trademarks of Nortel Networks.
HP and HP-UX are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard, Inc. Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corporation. Internet Explorer, Windows, and
Windows Vista are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Java, Solaris, and Ultra are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. UNIX is
a trademark of X/Open Company Limited.
Printed in Canada
Copyright 20002008 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved
About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library 323-1701-090 Rel 10.1 Iss 1 Std June 2008
iii
Contents 0
About this document v
Audience for this document v
Optical Metro 5100/5200 library vi
Technical assistance service telephone numbers viii
Documentation overview 1-1
Guide and NTP description 1-1
Release history 2-1
Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 10.1 2-1
Optical Metro 5200 Release 4.0 2-12
Optical Metro 5200 Release 3.2 2-13
List of terms 3-1
Master index 4-1
iv Contents
Optical Metro 5100/5200 Multiservice Platform 323-1701-090 Rel 10.1 Iss 1 Std June 2008
v
About this document 0
This document introduces the documentation library for Release 10.1 of the
Nortel Optical Metro 5100/5200 (identified prior to Release 7 as Nortel
Networks OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform).
The document contains the following information:
technical support
overview of the documentation suite
release history
glossary
master index
Audience for this document
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 library is intended for the following audience:
strategic and current planners
provisioners
installers
transmission standards engineers
field maintenance engineers
system line-up and testing (SLAT) personnel
maintenance technicians
network administrators
vi About this document
Optical Metro 5100/5200 323-1701-090 Rel 10.1 Iss 1 Std June 2008
Optical Metro 5100/5200 library
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 library consists of the Nortel Optical Metro
5100/5200 Technical Publications, NT0H65AR.
Technical publications
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 Technical Publications (NTPs) consist of
descriptive information and procedures.
Descriptive information
These NTPs provide detailed descriptive information about the Optical Metro
5100/5200, including system, software, and hardware descriptions, technical
specifications, ordering information, and TL1 user information.
Procedures
These NTPs contain all procedures required to install, provision, and maintain
the Optical Metro 5100/5200.
About this document vii
The following roadmap lists the documents in the Optical Metro 5100/5200
library.
OM3213
Maintaining and
Troubleshooting
a Network
Installing,
Commissioning and
Testing a Network
Managing,
Provisioning and
Testing a Network
Provisioning and
Operating
Procedures Part 1
(323-1701-310)
Provisioning and
Operating
Procedures Part 2
(323-1701-310)
Trouble Clearing
and Alarm
Reference Guide,
Part 1
(323-1701-542)
Trouble Clearing
and Alarm
Reference Guide,
Part 2
(323-1701-542)
Maintenance and
Replacement
Procedures
(323-1701-546)
Trouble Clearing
and Alarm
Reference Guide,
Part 4
(323-1701-542)
Trouble Clearing
and Alarm
Reference Guide,
Part 5
(323-1701-542)
Planning a
Network
About the NTP
Library
(323-1701-090)
Network Planning
and Link Engineering
Part 1
(323-1701-110)
Software and User
Interface, Part 1
(323-1701-101)
Software and User
Interface, Part 2
(323-1701-101)
Hardware Description
Part 1
(323-1701-102)
Hardware Description
Part 2
(323-1701-102)
TL1 Interface,
Part 1
(323-1701-190)
Installing Optical
Metro 5200 Shelves
and Components,
Part 1
(323-1701-201)
Installing Optical
Metro 5200 Shelves
and Components,
Part 2
(323-1701-201)
Commissioning
Procedures
(323-1701-220)
Connection
Procedures
Part 1
(323-1701-221)
Installing Optical
Metro 5100 Shelves
and Components,
Part 1
(323-1701-210)
Installing Optical
Metro 5100 Shelves
and Components,
Part 2
(323-1701-210)
Testing and
Equalization
Procedures
(323-1701-222)
Customer
Acceptance Testing
Procedures
(323-1701-330)
TL1 Interface,
Part 2
(323-1701-190)
TL1 Interface,
Part 3
(323-1701-190)
TL1 Interface,
Part 4
(323-1701-190)
Network Planning
Part 2
(323-1701-110)
Network Planning
Part 3
(323-1701-110)
Connection
Procedures
Part 2
(323-1701-221)
Trouble Clearing
and Alarm
Reference Guide,
Part 3
(323-1701-542)
Planning Guide
(NTY410AP)
Technical
Specifications
(323-1701-180)
viii About this document
Technical assistance service telephone numbers
For technical support and information from Nortel, refer to the following table.
Technical Assistance Service
For service-affecting problems:
For 24-hour emergency recovery or software upgrade
support, that is, for:
restoration of service for equipment that has been carrying
traffic and is out of service
issues that prevent traffic protection switching
issues that prevent completion of software upgrades
North America:
1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835)
International:
001-919-992-8300
For non-service-affecting problems:
For 24-hour support on issues requiring immediate support
or for 14-hour support (8 a.m. to 10 p.m. EST) on upgrade
notification and non-urgent issues.
North America:
1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835)
Note: You require an express routing
code (ERC). To determine the ERC, see
our corporate Web site at
www.nortel.com. Click on the Express
Routing Codes link.
International:
Varies according to country. For a list of
telephone numbers, see our corporate
Web site at www.nortel.com. Click on the
Contact Us link.
Global software upgrade support: North America:
1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835)
International:
Varies according to country. For a list of
telephone numbers, see our corporate
Web site at www.nortel.com. Click on the
Contact Us link.
1-1
Documentation overview 1-
Guide and NTP description
This list provides a summary of each guide and NTP within the Optical Metro
5100/5200 NTP library.
Optical Metro 5100/5200, Release 10.1 Planning Guide, NTY410AP
About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library, 323-1701-090
This NTP introduces the documentation library for the Optical Metro
5100/5200. The document covers the following topics:
introduction to the Optical Metro 5100/5200 library
release history for the Optical Metro 5100/5200 library
list of terms
master index
Software and User Interface, 323-1701-101, Part 1
This document describes the software and user interface. The document
covers the following topics:
System Manager
fault sectionalization
overview of performance monitoring
optical path protection switching
SNMP surveillance MIB
software features
Software and User Interface, 323-1701-101, Part 2
This document describes the software and user interface. The document
covers the following topics:
System Manager windows and fields
1-2 Documentation overview
Hardware Description, 323-1701-102, Part 1
This document describes the hardware components of the Optical Metro
5100/5200 and the functionality of each.
Optical Metro 5200 shelves
Optical Metro 5100 shelves
Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf installation kit
General circuit pack information
OCI circuit packs
OCLD circuit packs
OTR circuit packs
Muxponder circuit packs
OCM circuit packs
OSC circuit packs
SP circuit packs
OFA circuit packs
APBE circuit packs
Filler cards
Hardware Description, 323-1701-102, Part 2
This document describes the hardware components of the Optical Metro
5100/5200 and the functionality of each.
OMX modules
OSC trays
C&L splitter/coupler
ECT
Per Band Equalizer
Ethernet hub
Cables and optical patch cords
Rectifiers
Patch panel
Transponder Protection Tray
Optical Trunk Switch
Enhanced Trunk Switch
Photonic Trunk Switch
OME1110 module
Fiber Manager
1310 nm splitter/coupler
Equipment Inventory Unit
Discrete VOA
DSCMs
Network Planning and Link Engineering, 323-1701-110, Part 1
Part 1 of the document provides information about network planning and
link engineering in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network. Topics covered
include the following:
system description
building blocks
supported configurations
network interoperability
Part 2 of the document covers additional information about network
planning and link engineering in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.
Topics covered include the following:
link engineering prerequisites
link engineering components
link engineering rules
basic fixed value link engineering
remodeling a network plan for optimal link budgets
data communications in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network
network security planning
Part 3 of the document covers additional information about network
planning and link engineering in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.
Topics covered include the following:
site requirements and equipping rules
ordering information
fiber characterization
custom link engineering design output
Technical Specifications, 323-1701-180
This document provides information about the specifications for Optical
Metro 5100/5200 hardware. It also contains specifications for protection
switching and regulatory information. Topics covered include the
following:
hardware specifications
circuit pack specifications
compatibility requirements
system performance specifications
standards and regulations
examples of power consumption in Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelves
TL1 Interface, 323-1701-190, Part 1
This document provides general information about the TL1 command
interface, as well a description of the supported commands. Topics covered
introduction of TL1
detailed command descriptions
This document covers further TL1 detailed command descriptions.
This document covers further TL1 detailed command descriptions, as well
as autonomous messages, error codes, and the shelf backup and restore
procedures.
This document covers the TL1 detailed command descriptions for the
Enhanced Trunk Switch.
Installing Optical Metro 5200 Shelves and Components, 323-1701-201,
Part 1
This document provides procedures for installing shelves in a site, and
installing components in an Optical Metro 5200 shelf. Topics covered
observing safety guidelines
preparing for installation
installing a rack
installing Optical Metro 5200 shelves and equipment
installing Optical Multiservice Edge 1110 equipment
Part 2
This document provides additional installation procedures for the Optical
Metro 5200 shelf. Topics covered include the following:
connecting power
installing peripheral cables
installing circuit packs
fiber management
cleaning connectors
Part 1
This document provides procedures for installing shelves in a site, and
installing components in an Optical Metro 5100 shelf. Topics covered
observing safety guidelines
preparing for installation
installing a frame
installing Optical Metro 5100 shelves and equipment
Part 2
This document provides additional installation procedures for the Optical
Metro 5100 shelf. Topics covered include the following:
connecting power
installing peripheral cables
installing circuit packs
fiber management
cleaning connectors
Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220
This document provides procedures for commissioning the Optical Metro
5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:
installing the System Manager
preparing a shelf for commissioning
commissioning a shelf
commissioning the Enhanced Trunk Switch
commissioning the Photonic Trunk Switch
commissioning the OME1110
Connection Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 1
Part 1 of the document provides connection procedures for the Optical
Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:
accessing internal connectors
preparing to connect optical components
Connection Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 2
Part 2 of the document provides procedures for connecting components for
the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:
connecting components
Testing and Equalization Procedures, 323-1701-222
This document describes the recommended testing and equalization
procedures for the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the
following:
shelf, site, and system testing procedures
equalizing amplified networks
Provisioning and Operating Procedures, 323-1701-310, Part 1
Part 1 of this document provides information about provisioning and
operating the Optical Metro 5100/5200 using the System Manager
interface. Topics covered include the following:
using the System Manager
managing security and user accounts
Provisioning and Operating Procedures, 323-1701-310, Part 2
Part 2 of this document provides additional information about provisioning
and operating the Optical Metro 5100/5200 using the System Manager
interface. Topics covered include the following:
provisioning circuit packs and managing traffic
shelf management procedures
upgrading the software
operating the Optical Trunk Switch
performance monitoring procedures
operating the Enhanced Trunk Switch
operating the Photonic Trunk Switch
Customer Acceptance Testing Procedures, 323-1701-330
This document provides optional customer acceptance testing procedures
for protocols supported by the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered
ESCON long duration testing
Fibre Channel long duration testing
Gigabit Ethernet long duration testing
SONET/SDH long duration testing
MPEG transmission over a Muxponder link test procedures
Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, 323-1701-542, Part 1
Part 1 of this document provides general information about alarms, as well
as procedures for clearing alarms on the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics
covered include the following:
troubleshooting the Optical Metro 5100/5200
troubleshooting fault sectionalization and system level equalization
control
alarm description
installation troubleshooting procedures
clearing OCI and SRM alarms
clearing OCI SRM GbE/FC and OCI SRM GbE alarms
clearing OCM alarms
Part 2 of this document covers the following alarm clearing procedures:
clearing OCLD alarms
clearing OMX alarms
clearing ECT or PBE alarms
clearing OFA alarms
clearing APBE alarms
clearing OTR alarms
clearing shelf and SP alarms
clearing PM alarms
clearing OSC alarms
clearing C&L splitter/coupler alarms
clearing equipment inventory unit alarms
clearing 1310 nm splitter/coupler alarms
clearing transponder protection tray alarms
clearing discrete VOA alarms
clearing security alarms
troubleshooting the Enhanced Trunk Switch
troubleshooting the Optical Trunk Switch
clearing DSCM alarms
maintaining a Photonic Trunk Switch
OME1110 troubleshooting and alarm clearing
clearing OME6500 40G alarms
clearing Muxponder alarms
Maintenance and Replacement Procedures, 323-1701-546
This document provides information about maintaining the hardware
components of the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the
following:
maintenance
replacing shelf components
replacing circuit packs
replacing OME1110 equipment
2-1
Release history 2-
The following information describes the feature content and NTP restructuring
of this release and previous standard releases.
Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 10.1
June 2008
Release 10.1 introduces the following new hardware:
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 10GbE circuit pack
Release 10.1 offers the following new operations, administration,
management, and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality:
88 wavelength software support on Optical Metro 5100/5200 Common
Photonic Layer tunable circuit packs
TPT protection for OTR 4 Gbit/s FC circuit packs
FC100, FC200, 1G FICON, and 2G FICON protocol support on the OTR
4 Gbit/s FC circuit packs
System Manager integration of the OME6500 40G circuit packs
Pre-FEC Signal Fail alarm for OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra
Diverse Routing option for Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT circuit
packs
Log Collection option in System Manager Troubleshooting menu
Line Card Adjacency window in System Manager Troubleshooting menu
August 2007
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s FC/GbE EFM circuit pack
OTR 4 Gbit/s FC circuit pack
DWDM OC48/STM16/FC400 SFPs
2-2 Release history
Optical Multiservice Edge 1110 (OME1110)
Release 10.0 offers the following new operations, administration,
management, and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality:
Security enhancements (SNMP v3 support)
Optical power history performance monitoring
50 GHz grid software support for CPL 10 Gbit/s tunable circuit packs
ETR, CLO, and ISC3 bidirectional protection support
Transponder protection tray (TPT) protection for Muxponder 10 Gbit/s
circuit packs
Ethernet switch on eSP
802.3ah support for OME1110 service modules
Hairpinning
SFP digital diagnosis
The following are changes to the NTP library for Release 10.0:
The Software and User Interface NTP, 323-1701-101, has been split into
two parts (Part 1 and Part 2).
The Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide NTP, 323-1701-542, is
now split into five parts (Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, and Part 5). Was
previously split into four parts.
November 2006
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz (Dual Band Dense - 100 GHz)
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 1 - Band 2
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 3 - Band 4
OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz (Single Band Dense - 100 GHz)
OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 1 Odd
OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 1 Even
Release history 2-3
Per Band Equalizer C-band 100 GHz
New variants of the following existing circuit packs to support 32 channels
in the C-band.
OCLD 2.5 Gbit/s Universal
OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Universal 850 nm
OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Universal 1310 nm
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT Extended Reach
Release 9.2 offers the following new operations, administration, management,
and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality:
IP Security which is a protocol suite that is implemented on a network
element to automatically and transparently secure all network applications
that use that network element.
Security enhancements
User and password related enhancements:
Password is changeable only after a configurable minimum
interval (shelf level).
Per user ID intrusion attempt threshold.
Login session related enhancements:
Limiting the number of active user login sessions of the same user
ID (system level).
Event log related enhancements:
Sequence label introduced in log entries.
Extra event log for unauthorized attempts to access resources. This
can be enabled and disabled (default) at system level.
Login related enhancements
Last Login information screen.
Last successful and last failed Login is reported on a per user basis.
Support for 32 channel C-band hardware
Disabling of line side FEC on the Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT ER
circuit packs to allow the interoperability with the OME6500 Broadband.
2-4 Release history
June 2006
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s GbE and GbE/FC circuit packs
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra circuit pack
Tunable laser circuit packs:
OTR 10 Gbit/s Enhanced DWDM Tunable
OTR 10 Gbit/s Enhanced DWDM Tunable 100 GHz
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT DWDM Tunable
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT DWDM Tunable 100 GHz
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT Extended Reach circuit pack
Enhanced Shelf Processor
1000BaseZX SFP TX on Muxponder
Optical Metro 5100 Shelf with AC power
Release 9.0 introduces the following network and service layer topologies:
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s circuit pack network and service layer topologies
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra circuit pack network and service layer topologies
Release 9.0 offers the following new site-level configurations:
Unprotected Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s configurations to achieve 5.0 Gbit/s
capacity
New Extended Metro DWDM with DSCM topologies
and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality.
Security Enhancements, including complex password enforcement for up
to 75 configurable users.
Network Time Protocol enhancement to support time-of-day
synchronization from external NTP clients on GNE shelves.
Mixed Shelf configuration enhancements to reduce the cost and site
footprint in certain applications.
SMI enhancements to support NTP enhancements.
PM Layer Rate enhancement to support PM related messages, such as
TCA and PM and OM retrieval.
SNMP enhancements so that performance monitoring and operation
measurement counts report traps.
Alarm suppression for interoperability with the Common Photonic Layer
systems.
Release history 2-5
April 2005
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT circuit pack
OFA VGA circuit pack
APBE Enhanced circuit pack
OCLD/OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Universal circuit packs
OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps
Patch panel 20 port
Enhancement to Extended Metro DWDM Solution with DSCM
Enhancement to the dispersion specification for the OCLD/OTR 2.5 Gbit/s
Flex 100 GHz circuit packs
Release 8.0 introduces the following network and service layer topologies:
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit packs network and service layer topologies
SRM and ESCON SRM interoperable topologies using OTR
Release 8.0 offers the following new site-level configurations:
Optical Fiber Amplifier (OFA) shelf topologies
Dual OFA optical layer topologies
New Extended Metro DWDM with DSCM topologies
and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality.
System Level Equalization Control (SLEC)
Mixed Shelf Type
Customer User Classes
Exceed support for System Manager
Passive device slot numbering in Shelf Level Graphics
Band 9 support for 100 GHz circuit packs
Additional Troubleshooting Info
Alarm Severity Provisioning
Alarm Indication Detail
OM Binning
Provisionable PM Bin Zero Suppression
Security Enhancements
2-6 Release history
OC-3/STM-1 support on OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Flex 100 GHz 1310 nm circuit
pack
DMIF protocol support
Orion protocol support
SRM and ESCON SRM interoperable topologies using OTR
OCI SRM GbE, OCI SRM GbE/FC and OCI SRM GbE/FC Enhanced
circuit pack enhancements
Inventory support for OADM ITU CWDM OMXs
Inventory support for DSCMs
New OFA and APBE Locations
APBE associated equipment attributes
New Component Level Power Equalization System Manager screens
Hardware Description, 323-1701-102, has been split into two NTP parts
(Part 1 and Part 2).
September 2004
Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 7.0 introduces the following new hardware:
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC
OCI SRM GbE (1310 nm or 850 nm)
100 GHz circuit packs for Common Photonic Layer interworking
OMX 16CH DWDM
OSC Splitter/Coupler tray with dual taps
Extended Metro DWDM solution with DSCM
Mode-conditioning plug
OCI SRM 1310 nm LC
OMX 1CH and 4CH OADM ITU CWDM
Optical Metro 5200 shelf assembly modified for OMX variants (11 U high)
Enhanced
Release history 2-7
Release 7.0 offers the following new OAM&P functionality:
wait-to-restore provisioning from 5 to 12 minutes to 1 to 12 minutes in
protected configurations
Shelf Level Graphics improvements to facilitate alarm detection and
highlight the distinction between in-service and out-of-service equipment
on the Shelf Level Graphics window
masking of alarms for out-of-service equipment
This feature allows masking of overhead related alarms for out-of-service
equipment. Other facility and equipment alarms are already masked when
the corresponding equipment is out-of-service.
a new Software Library Transfer Incomplete alarm indicates the failure
of a software load transfer to a network element
Target Identifier (TID) enhancements
in-service provisioning of Per-Wavelength Optical Service Channel
(PWOSC)
database enhancements including backup database on Shelf Processor
(SP), flashing LED during database copy, and database related alarms
change.
G-Link protocol support
correct alarm severity for pass-through and OTR protected connections
user provisionable slot number (UPSN)
and Installing Optical Metro 5100 Shelves and Components,
323-1701-210, have each been split into two NTP parts (Part 1 and Part 2).
TL1 Interface, 323-1701-190, has been expanded from two NTP parts to
four NTP parts (Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, and Part 4). Part 4 contains
information on Comms module commands and Switch module commands
associated with the Enhanced Trunk Switch that is introduced in Release
7.0.
Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, 323-1701-542, has been
expanded from three NTP parts to four NTP parts (Part 1, Part 2, Part 3,
and Part 4).
2-8 Release history
December 2003
OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform Release 6.1 introduces the
following new hardware:
OCI SRM GbE/FC Enhanced (1310nm or 850 nm)
OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE
OTR 10 Gbit/s Enhanced
OMX 4CH Enhanced
equipment inventory unit (EIU)
discrete variable optical attenuator (VOA)
Release 6.1 offers the following new OAM&P functionality:
on the OCI SRM ESCON, OSI SRM GbE/FC, and OCI SRM
SONET/SDH LTE circuit packs, terminal loopbacks are supported on
individual client ports (which enables the debugging of a single connection
without impacting the traffic on the other connections).
security enhancements, including:
local provisionable user accounts
RADIUS user authentication
challenge/response user login mechanism
login warning banners
intrusion attempt handling
inactive TL1 session timeout
encryption of user login information
IP forwarding control on Ethernet port 1
Alarm/Event reporting changes
private IP addresses
summary TCAs for simplified TCA monitoring and clearing, and for
system performance optimization
PM enhancements (circuit pack level operations)
optional wavelength consistency validation
removal of east/west limitations for bridge shelves
increase in inventoried passive devices
remote fault notification
Release history 2-9
Connection and Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220, has been split
into two separate NTPs. Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220,
contains information on installing the System Manager, preparing the shelf
for commissioning, commissioning the shelf, and configuring a remote
connection to the System Manager. Connection Procedures,
323-1701-221, Part 1 contains information on accessing internal
connectors and preparing to connect optical components. Connection
Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 2 contains information on connecting
components.
May 2003
OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform Release 6.0 introduces ITU
CWDM systemsa new cost-effective solution for deploying eight channels
that comply with ITU-T WD16-8 CWDM standards. The following new
hardware components are being offered to support the ITU CWDM solution:
ITU CWDM-compliant OCLD and OTR circuit packs
four-channel ITU CWDM OMX
eight-channel ITU CWDM OMX
1310 nm splitter/coupler
In addition to the ITU CWDM-compliant OCLD and OTR circuit packs,
release 6.0 offers the following new circuit packs:
Client-side circuit packs
OCI SRM GbE/FC
OCI SRM ESCON
Line-side DWDM circuit packs
2.5 Gbit/s Flex OTR (850 nm) (standard and extended reach)
Line-side CWDM circuit packs
2.5 Gbit/s Flex OTR (850 nm) (standard reach)
2.5 Gbit/s Flex OTR (1310 nm) (standard reach)
2.5 Gbit/s Flex OCLD (standard reach)
Release 6.0 offers the following new OAM&P functionality.
Backout server and multiple catalog files is a System Manager
enhancement that frees up additional space in the SP memory storage
subsystem by providing temporary file storage for the old release files
(from) during an upgrade. This feature is now fully operational.
2-10 Release history
Performance monitoring enhancements, including
signal failure count performance parameters on OCI SRM, OCI
(except OCI SONET), OTR, OCLD, and OFA circuit packs
GigE, 8B10B, section, line and path performance parameters and
operational measurements on the OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack
8B10B, path and section performance parameters on the OCI SRM
ESCON circuit pack
Ethernet port 2 access control
equipment ring number renamed to optical system identifier (OSID)
The Connection and Commissioning Procedures NTP, 323-1701-220, has
been split into three NTPs (Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3). Part 1 contains
information on installing the System Manager, preparing the shelf for
commissioning, commissioning the shelf, and configuring a remote
connection to the System Manager. Part 2 contains information on
accessing internal connectors and preparing to connect optical
components. Part 2 contains information on connecting components.
The Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide NTP, 323-1701-542,
has been split into three NTPs (Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3). The Network
Planning and Link Engineering NTP, 323-1701-110, has been split into
two NTPs (Part 1 and Part 2).
The Cleaning Components information and procedures have been
consolidated into the Installing OPTera Metro 5100 Shelves and
Components NTP, 323-1701-210, and the Installing OPTera Metro 5200
Shelves and Components NTP, 323-1701-201. Cleaning information is no
longer present in the Maintenance and Replacement Procedures NTP,
323-1701-546.
A new NTP has been added to the suite, Customer Acceptance Testing
Procedures, 323-1701-330, containing optional customer acceptance
testing procedures for protocols supported by the OPTera Metro
5000-series Multiservice Platform. This NTP contains information on
ESCON long duration testing, Fibre Channel long duration testing, Gigabit
Ethernet long duration testing, and SONET long duration testing.
October 2002
2.5 Gbit/s Flex OCLD and OTR circuit packs, the 1.25 Gbit/s OCI GbE circuit
packs with power monitoring, the high input power (HIP) amplifier, and the
AC power rectifier (1U APRS) for the Optical Metro 5100 shelf.
Release history 2-11
Release 5.0 also introduces the following OAM&P features:
Intrasite Fault Sectionalization feature enhancements including support for
the APBE circuit pack, the Optical Metro 5100, and interconnected rings.
Automatic-Laser Recovery (ALR)
interconnected Optical Metro 5200 rings topology
Domain Name Service (DNS) proxy server.
provisionable SNMP community strings
PM enhancements include the selection of a TCA notification type (alarm
or event) and the setting of an additional threshold on equipment
performance parameters.
The Performance Monitoring NTP, 323-1701-520, is removed from the
NTP suite. The overview of performance monitoring is now included in
Software and User Interface, 323-1701-101, and the performance
monitoring procedures are now included in Provisioning and Operating
Procedures, 323-1701-310.
A new chapter is added to Connection and Commissioning Procedures,
323-1701-220, titled Preparing to connect optical components which
provides diagrams of site types, some guidelines for building site types,
and tables referring to the appropriate procedures for building site types.
The testing NTP is renamed Testing and Equalization Procedures,
323-1701-222, and now includes procedures for testing the Optical Metro
5100/5200 shelf, site, and system, as well as procedures for equalizing
amplified networks.
A new chapter is added to Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide,
Part 1, titled Installation troubleshooting procedures, and includes
procedures to test system components, component specifications,
component connectivity, and intershelf connections at the rack, site, and
system levels. In Release 4.1, these procedures were part of Testing
Procedures, 323-1701-222.
May 2002
OPTera Metro 5100 shelf, the single band CWDM OMX, the Quad band
CWDM OMX, active per band equalizer (APBE), the PBE fiber management
drawer, the SONET OCI intermediate reach (IR), and redundant power
modules. Enhancements have been made to the OTR protection tray.
Release 4.1 also introduces the following OAM&P features: intrasite fault
sectionalization, automatic-laser shutdown, and inter-connected rings.
The Network Planning and Link Engineering Guidelines NTP is assigned
an NTP number, 323-1701-110.
The Installing Optical Metro 5100 Shelves and Components,
323-1701-210, is introduced to the NTP suite to document Optical Metro
5100-specific installation information.
The 323-1701-201 NTP is renamed Installing Optical Metro 5200 Shelves
and Components to document Optical Metro 5200-specific installation
information.
The 323-1701-220 NTP is renamed Connection and Commissioning
Procedures and is restructured to include commissioning and optical
connection information.
The Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, 323-1701-542, now
includes a Part 1 and a Part 2.
Optical Metro 5200 Release 4.0
November 2001
OPTera Metro 5200 Multiservice Platform Release 4.0 introduces the 10
Gbit/s OTR circuit pack and the Transponder Protection Tray. Release 4.0 also
introduces a Fiber Manager, the Optical Trunk Switch, and the C/L
splitter/coupler tray.
Release 4.0 supports flexible slot assignments for all OCI, OCLD, and 10
Gbit/s OTR circuit packs on the DWDM shelf.
OAM&P features for Release 4.0 include Border Gateway Protocol (BGP),
Network Address Translation (NAT), and assignable IP addressing.
System Description, 323-1701-100, and Ordering Information, 323-1701-151,
have been included in the Network Planning and Link Engineering Guidelines,
NT0H7104, and removed from the suite as separate NTPs. Building a
Network, 323-1701-280 has been incorporated into Installing Shelves and
Components, 323-1701-201.
Release history 2-13
Optical Metro 5200 Release 3.2
June 2001
OPTera Metro 5200 Multiservice Platform Release 3.2 introduces OPTera
Metro 5200 Mechanical Shelf assembly for OMX Variants, an enhanced
power card assembly, the OMX+Fiber Manager 4 CH module, and the OSC
circuit pack.
OAM&P features for Release 3.2 include database backup and restore
enhancements and the Health Check, an upgrade verification tool that checks
the alarm status and database consistency before an upgrade to determine if an
upgrade is possible.
3-1
List of terms 3-
10Base-T
One of several adaptations of the Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) standard for local area
networks (LAN) that uses a twisted-pair cable with maximum lengths of
100 meters.
100Base-FX
Part of the IEEE 802.3 (100BASE-T) Ethernet specification for 100 Mbit/s
transmissions over fiber-optic cable, using the FDDI TP-PMD standard for the
physical media dependent (PMD) portion.
100Base-FX is an optical fiber version of the 100Base-TX standard. The
twisted pair cabling and connectors used in 100Base-TX components are
replaced with fiber-optic cabling and connectors in 100Base-FX components.
Both standards use the same 4B/5B signal encoding scheme.
1000Base-LX
IEEE 802.3 specification defining a specific physical layer for long
wavelength transceivers using two multimode or single-mode fibers.
The long wavelength lasers specified by the standard operate in the wavelength
range of 1270 to 1355 nm.
1000Base-SX
IEEE 802.3 specification defining a specific physical layer for short
wavelength transceivers using two multimode fibers.
The short wavelength lasers specified by the standard operate in the
wavelength range of 770 nm to 860 nm.
ac
alternating current
Electric current that periodically and regularly reverses its direction. The
frequency of the change in flow is expressed in cycles per second (Hertz
or Hz).
3-2 List of terms
ACO
alarm cutoff
A switch on the maintenance panel that allows the audible alarms to be turned
off without affecting the visual alarms.
Active Per Band Equalizer
See APBE.
adapter
A mechanical device designed to align and join fiber-optic connectors.
add/drop filter
See ADF.
ADF
add/drop filter
A bandwidth-limited filter that passes only a specified wavelength or
wavelength band between a device and a transmission path.
administrative state
The administrative state is the desired state of the entity. The user configures
this state to put an entity in service or out of service. See also operational
state.
AES
Advanced Encryption Standard
AH
authentication header
AID
access identifier
AIS
alarm indication signal
A device that responds to a signal from an alarm sensor.
alarm
A user-visible indication derived from a fault pattern.
List of terms 3-3
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
A U.S.-based organization that develops standards and defines interfaces for
telecommunications.
APBE
Active Per Band Equalizer
A two-slot wide circuit pack that is installed in an optical-fiber amplifier
(OFA) shelf. The APBE supports remote equalization of signals at the band
level, using electronic variable optical attenuators. APBEs are available in two
types: C-band APBE and L-band APBE.
applet, signed/trusted
A trusted applet is an applet that has been signed with a digital certificate and
has been granted extended privileges (for example, access to the client-side file
system. For a signed applet to become a trusted applet, the user must grant
permission upon examining the digital signature of the applet (this mechanism
is specific to the Web browser implementation).
APS
automatic protection switch
A protection switch automatically initiated by the system in response to a
defect.
architecture
The specifications of a system and how its subcomponents interconnect,
interact, and cooperate.
ARP
address resolution protocol
A method for finding a host's Ethernet address from its Internet address. An
ARP request is sent to the network, naming the IP address; the machine with
that IP address returns its physical address so it can receive the transmission.
AS
Autonomous system
3-4 List of terms
ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
The standard code used for information interchange among data processing
systems, data communication systems, and associated equipment in the U.S.
ASE
amplified spontaneous emission
In erbium-doped fiber amplifiers, ions raised to the metastable state can decay
spontaneously, emitting a proton and creating an undesired spontaneous
emission. As the spontaneous emission propagates through the fiber, it is
amplified. This is known as amplified spontaneous emission.
asynchronous
Data transmission in which the instant each character, or block of characters,
starts is arbitrary. Once started, the time of occurrence of each signal
(representing a bit within the character, or block) has the same relationship to
significant instants of a fixed time frame.
ATAG
automatic tag
ATM
asynchronous transfer mode
A high-speed multiplexing and switching method that uses fixed-length cells
of 53 octets to support multiple types of traffic. As specified in international
standards, ATM is asynchronous in the sense that cells carrying user data need
not be periodic.
attenuation
The decrease in signal strength in an optical fiber caused by absorption and
scattering. Attenuation can be calculated to express
signal loss between two points
total signal loss of a telecommunications system or segment
attenuator
A device inserted into the electrical or optical path to lessen or weaken the
signal.
List of terms 3-5
autoprovisioning
The process by which the Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf processor (SP)
automatically provisions a circuit pack with default configuration data when
the circuit pack is inserted into a slot for which no configuration data exists.
AWG
American Wire Gauge
A scale of measurement for non-ferrous (for example, copper or bronze) wires.
backbone
The network of broadband communications between switches.
backplane
A printed circuit board that forms the rear portion of an Optical Metro
5100/5200 shelf. It allows power and signal to be distributed to the circuit
packs connected to it and provides connectors for the different circuit packs.
bandwidth
The range of frequencies within which a fiber-optic medium or terminal device
can transmit data or information.
bend radius
The smallest radius an optical fiber or fiber cable can bend before increased
attenuation or breakage occurs.
BBE
background block error
BER
bit-error rate
The rate of the number of bit errors in the received signal to the total number
of bits transmitted.
BGP
border gateway protocol
An exterior gateway routing protocol for border routers to exchange routing
information.
bidirectional
The movement of optical signals in opposite directions through a common
fiber cable.
3-6 List of terms
BIP
bit-interleaved parity
bit
The smallest unit of information upon which digital communications are built.
A bit has one of two values: 0 or 1 for on or off. Also an electrical or
optical pulse that carries this information.
BITS
building-integrated timing supply
An external timing source, supported as a clock reference. Two timing sources
may be distinguished from each other as BITS(A) and BITS(B). The BITS is
driven by a stratum 3 or better reference signal and distributes a DS1 signal to
all equipment in the same physical location. All digital equipment in a physical
structure receives timing from the same master clock, which must be the most
accurate and stable clock in the structure.
BLSR
bidirectional line-switched ring
SONET ring architecture that provides working and protection optical fibers
between nodes. If the working fiber between nodes is cut, traffic is
automatically routed onto the protection fiber. See also SONET.
border gateway protocol
See BGP.
BPV
bipolar-violation
browser
A client program that uses the Hypertext Transfer Protocol to make requests of
a server for an end user.
byte
A group of bits, usually eight, handled as a unit by a computer operating
system.
cable
One or more optical fibers enclosed within protective covering(s) and strength
members to provide mechanical and environmental protection for the optical
fibers.
List of terms 3-7
cable assembly
An optical-fiber cable with connectors installed on one or both ends. The
general purpose of the cable assembly is to interconnect the cabling system
with opto-electronic equipment at either end of the system. Cable assemblies
with connectors on one end only are called pigtails. Assemblies with
connectors on both ends are typically called jumpers or patch cords.
CAP
change application procedures
carrier
A telecommunications operating company that owns or operates switch
equipment.
C-band
conventional band
In optical networks, a range of wavelengths between 1535 nm and 1565 nm.
CDE
Common Desktop Environment
A trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The use of a Web browser to provide
the desktop environment for any given application.
CD-ROM
compact disk read-only memory
A compact disc with data pre-recorded, normally used in large database-type
applications such as directory, reference, or data retrieval.
channel
A communications path or the signal sent over that path. By multiplexing
several channels, voice channels can be transmitted over one optical channel.
channel assignment
A channel assignment is a mapping of an client facility to either one
(unprotected) or two (protected) line facilities.
3-8 List of terms
CLEI
Common Language Equipment Identifier
A trademark of Bell Communications Research (now known as Telcordia).
CLEI is a standard used to identify telecommunications equipment. CLEI
codes appear on barcode labels that are attached to equipment items and
provide the technical base for tracking inventory and investment information.
CLI
command line interface
C/L splitter/coupler tray
The tray that splitters and couples the conventional and long band. The tray
splits an incoming client signal into C-band and L-band and then sends them
to the Optical Metro 5200 network. The tray also combines C-band and L-band
coming from the network via the OMX and transmits the combined signal to
the client. Each C/L splitter/coupler tray contains one C-band and L-band
DWDM coupler/splitter.
CO
central office
A major equipment center designed to serve the communication traffic of a
specific geographical area.
COM
common
configuration
The relative arrangements, options, or connection pattern of a system and its
subcomponent parts and objects.
configure
The process of defining an appropriate set of collaborating hardware and
software objects to solve a particular problem.
connection
A connection is a collection of two endpoints. In the Optical Metro 5100/5200,
a connection spans two Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelves, joining a channel
assignment on one shelf to a channel assignment on another shelf over the
same channel and wavelength band.
List of terms 3-9
connector
A mechanical device used to align and join two optical fibers. The connector
provides a means for coupling and decoupling fiber to a transmitter, receiver,
or another fiber. Common used connectors include ST Compatible, STII
Compatible, MT-RJ, FC/PC, SC, FDDI, ESCON, and SMA.
control link oscillator (CLO)
A channel connection for a sysplex timer that, along with other protocols,
enables communication among IBM S/390 division mainframes, enterprise
servers, directors, and controllers.
The CLO provides the same function as an external timing reference, but is
used for remote location Sysplex timers.
conventional band
See C-band.
COTEL
central office alarms and telemetry card
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 device in the maintenance panel that physically
interfaces with the central office alarm system to provide monitoring and alarm
information about the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.
coupler
A device that connects three or more fiber ends. A coupler divides one input
between two or more outputs or combines two or more inputs into one output.
See also adapter.
CPE
customer premise equipment
CPL
Common Photonic Layer
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
cross-connect
Cross-connect is the term used in TL1 for channel assignment. Also cross
connection.
3-10 List of terms
cross-over cable
A cable that reverses Tx data and Rx data pin contacts. Cross-over cables are
used to interconnect Ethernet hubs at a site.
CTAG
correlation tag
CV
coding violation.
CV is a BIP-8 error in the SONET section overhead. Up to eight CVs can be
counted per frame.
See also CV_MUX_Trib(1-4).
CV_MUX_Trib(1-4)
Multiplexer tributary coding violation (1-4). The numbers in parentheses
indicate which of the four tributaries that the multiplexer tributary parameter
applies to.
CV_OCH_Path
Overhead channel path coding violation.
CWDM
coarse wavelength division multiplexing
Wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) systems that use more widely
spaced wavelengths than dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)
systems. CWDM systems are a lower cost, lower capacity alternative to
DWDM systems. The Optical Metro 5100 CWDM platform uses eight
wavelengths spaced at 800 GHz.
See also WDM.
data comms
data communications. See also data network.
data network
The computer network to which an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network is
connected by the operating company to do network surveillance and
operations tasks for all its interconnected systems.
List of terms 3-11
data rate
The maximum number of bits of information that can be transmitted per
second, as in a data transmission link. Typically expressed as megabits per
second (Mbit/s).
dB
decibel
A unit of measure indicating relative optic power on a logarithmic scale. Often
expressed to a fixed value, such as dBm (1 milliwatt) or dB (1 microwatt).
dBm
decibels relative to one milliwatt
The absolute power levels that are read by a test device (optical or electrical).
dc
direct current
An electric current that flows in one direction only.
DCC
data communications channel
DCE
data communication equipment
DCN
data communications network
See data network.
defect
An anomaly that interrupts the normal operation of the system and persists for
a defined period of time.
demultiplexing
The process of separating optical channels.
DEMUX
demultiplexer
A device at the receiving end of a transmission path that recovers the two or
more signals originally combined by a multiplexer.
3-12 List of terms
DES
Data Encryption Standard
DHCP
dynamic host configuration protocol
A protocol used to centrally manage and automate the assignment of Internet
protocol (IP) addresses in a network.
differential mode delay (DMD)
In an optical fiber, the variation in propagation delay that occurs because of the
different group velocities of different modes.
digital video interactive (DVI)
An integrated video, audio, and graphics technology allowing all forms of data
full motion video, still images, graphics and text to be displayed from any
digital source.
dispersion
The broadening of input pulses as they travel the length of an optical fiber.
There are three major types of dispersion, as follows:
modal dispersion, which is caused by the many optical path lengths in a
multimode fiber
chromatic dispersion, which is caused by the differential delay at various
wavelengths in the optical fiber
waveguide dispersion, which is caused by light traveling through both the
core and cladding materials in single-mode fibers.
DNS
Domain Name Server
DSCM
dispersion slope compensating module
A module that compensates for the chromatic dispersion slope and dispersion
accumulated after an optical fiber span of a given length.
DTE
data terminal equipment
duplex
A duplex cable contains two optical fibers; a duplex connector links two pairs
of optical fibers.
List of terms 3-13
duplex SC
Dual SC. Two SC-type connectors that are physically joined so they can be
connected or unplugged at the same time. See also SC.
DWDM
dense wavelength division multiplexing
Wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) systems that use closely spaced
wavelengths for high capacity optical transmission. The Optical Metro 5200
DWDM platform uses 32 wavelengths spaced at 200 GHz.
See also WDM.
EB
errored block
EB is a block in an SDH signal that contains one or more bits in error.
See also PM.
ECT
equalizer coupler tray
A tray that is installed in the optical-fiber amplifier (OFA) shelf and that
separates, equalizes, and combines conventional band (C-band) and long band
(L-band) traffic. The OFA shelf can amplify C-band and L-band traffic. You
can install an ECT in an OFA shelf to make sure that each band has the same
gain. The ECT also splits and couples C-band and L-band traffic.
EDFA
erbium-doped fiber amplifier
Optical fibers doped with the rare earth element erbium, which can amplify
light in the 1550 nm region when pumped by an external light source.
EER
excessive error ratio
EFM
Ethernet in the First Mile
3-14 List of terms
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
A standards association that specifies electrical transmission standards. The
EIA and TIA have developed numerous well-known communications
standards, including TIA/EIA-232 and EIA/TIA-530. See also TIA.
EIP
Equipment Inventory Port
EMC
electromagnetic compatibility
EMI
electromagnetic interference
Any electrical or electromagnetic interference that causes undesirable
response, degradation, or failure in electronic equipment. Optical fibers neither
emit nor receive EMI.
EMS
element management system
E/O
electrical to optical
Electrical to optical conversion.
equipment fault
A fault that has been isolated to the failure of a specific piece of equipment.
ES
errored second
A second in a SONET or SDH signal with one or more error events other than
failed seconds. See also EB, OFS, SEFS, SES, PM,
ES_MUX_Trib(1-4), ES_MUX_Trib(1-4).
ESCON
Enterprise Systems Connection
A duplex optical connection used for computer-to-computer data exchange.
List of terms 3-15
ESD
electrostatic discharge
Discharge of stored static electricity that can damage electronic equipment and
impair electrical circuits, resulting in complete or intermittent failures.
ES_MUX_Trib(1-4)
Multiplexer tributary errored seconds (1-4). The numbers in parentheses
indicate to which of the four tributaries the multiplexer tributary parameter
applies.
ES_OCH_Path
Overhead channel path errored seconds.
eSP
Enhanced Shelf Processor
The eSP is fully compatible with the original shelf processor capability (see
SP on page 3-45). Additionally, it provides increased performance and
available memory and enhanced Ethernet capability (100Base-T).
ESP
encapsulating security payload
Ethernet (ETH)
A local area network data link protocol based on a packet frame. Ethernet
allows multiple devices to share access to the link.
ETS
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
The organization created by the European Post, Telephone, and Telegraph and
the European Community to propose telecommunications standards for
Europe.
3-16 List of terms
event buffer
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager has two event buffers:
shelf level
accessed through the Event History window
records the last 400 events that have occurred on each shelf
System Manager level
accessed through the Event Console window
records of the events in the system that occur while you are logged in
to the system
external timing reference (ETR)
In a given communications system, a timing reference obtained from a source,
such as a navigation system, external to the given system.
External timing references are usually referenced to Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC).
facility
Any provisional configuration that provides a transmission path between two
or more locations without terminating or signalling equipment. Also, the
logical representation of a transport signal.
facility fault
A fault that has occurred elsewhere than on the reporting shelf. That is, the
fault has occurred on another shelf or on the optical fiber connecting two
shelves.
failure
An end to the ability of an item to do a required function. A failure is caused
by the persistence of a defect.
far-end
When handling a pair of shelves in a network, the far-end shelf is at the site
that you are not working at.
FC
ferrule connector
A keyed, locking type of fiber-optic connector with a round barrel and
threaded retaining ring.
FC
Fiber Channel. See Fiber Channel (FC).
List of terms 3-17
FDDI
fiber distributed data interface
A 100 Mbit/s, fiber-based token ring LAN standard.
FEC
forward error correction
ferrule
A component of a fiber-optic connection that holds a fiber in place and aids in
its alignment.
fiber
See optical fiber.
Fiber Channel (FC)
An industry-standard specification which details computer channel
communications over fiber optics at the following transmission speeds at
distances of up to 10 kilometers:
FC-100: up to 1.0625 Gbit/s
fiber loss
The attenuation of the light signal in optical-fiber transmission. Also optical
fiber loss.
Fiber Manager
A component that provides management for slack optical fiber.
FICON
fiber connection
IBMs successor to ESCON as a protocol for interconnecting mainframes
(servers) to storage devices.
From a transport perspective, FICON is similar to Fibre Channel, see Fiber
Channel (FC), except at layer 4, where FICON has its own IBM proprietary
protocol. Operates at the following transmission speeds:
FICON: up to 1.0625 Gbit/s
FICON Express: up to 2.125 Gbit/s
FICON 4G: up to 4.25 Gbit/s
FICON 10G: up to 10.52 Gbit/s
3-18 List of terms
field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
A set of combinational circuits, or combinational logic elements, in which
the interconnection of the circuits can be changed by means of a computer
program, and so the combinational circuits are subject to program control.
a system of enabling and disabling signals transmitted to the gates in the
combinational circuits is usually used.
filler card
A blank circuit pack with a faceplate that is installed in unused slots in an
Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf to ensure the proper flow of cooling air through
the card cage.
filter
An arrangement of electronic components designed to pass signals in one or
more frequency bands and to attenuate signals in other frequency bands.
forced switch
A user-initiated protection switch. A forced switch has a higher priority than
automatic switches and therefore cannot be overridden.
FOTS
fiber-optic transmission system
Vendor-proprietary fiber-optic transmission equipment.
frequency
The number of cycles per unit of time, denoted by hertz (Hz). One Hz equals
one cycle per second.
FTP
file transfer protocol
G.709
ITU-T Recommendation G.709: Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network
(OTN)
gain
The ratio of output current, voltage, or power to input current, voltage, or
power, respectively. The opposite of attenuation. Gain is usually expressed
in dB.
List of terms 3-19
gateway shelf
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf designated as the communications
gateway between the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network and network
operations center (NOC) of the operating company. Optical Metro 5100/5200
supports one gateway shelf connection per network. See also data network.
Gbit/s
gigabits per second
A measure of the bandwidth on a data transmission medium. One Gbit/s equals
1,000,000,000 bit/s.
GCC
general communication channel
GEFC
Gigabit Ethernet/Fiber Channel
GFP
generic framing protocol
GFP-F
generic framing protocol - framed
GFP-T
generic framing protocol - transparent
GFSRM
Gigabit Ethernet, FC-100, FICON Sub Rate Multiplexer
GHz
gigahertz
Unit of frequency equal to 1 billion cycles per second.
Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
A LAN transmission standard that provides a data rate of one billion bits per
second (Gbit/s).
Gigabit Ethernet was finalized and formally approved on June 29, 1998, as
IEEE 802.3z.
3-20 List of terms
GMT
Greenwich Mean Time
For non-astronomical purposes (for example, computer timekeeping), UTC is
the modern-day replacement for GMT.
GNE
gateway network element
ground
An electrical term meaning to connect to the earth or other large conducting
body to serve as an earth thus making a complete electrical circuit.
GUI
graphical user interface
A graphical (rather than textual) interface to a computer.
hairpinning
Hair-pinning allows customers to manage the CPE OME1000 equipment
while still exchanging Ethernet between the two OME1000 service modules
with no data interaction on the MOTR 2.5 Gbit/s EFM circuit pack.
Hair-pinning occupies two client ports per hair-pin connection on same the
MOTR 2.5 Gbit/s EFM circuit pack but does not consume any of the WAN
bandwidth on the MOTR 2.5 Gbit/s EFM circuit pack.
HCCS
high correction count second
host
On the Internet, any computer that has full two-way access to other computers.
A host has a specific local or host number that, together with the network
number, forms its unique Internet protocol (IP) address. If you use PPP to get
access to your service provider, you have a unique IP address for the duration
of any connection you make to the Internet and your computer is a host for that
period. In this context, a host is a node in a network.
HTTP
hypertext transfer protocol
A protocol used between HTTP servers, usually called Web servers, and Web
clients or browsers.
hub
A group of circuits connected at one point on a network.
List of terms 3-21
Hz
hertz
A measure of frequency or bandwidth; one Hz equals one cycle per second.
ICV
integrity check value
ID
identifier
IDF
invalid data flag
Facility counts are collected and stored in bins for each performance
parameter. Each bin has an IDF which is raised when the count is suspected to
be inaccurate. Counts on the current bin are cleared at the end of an interval,
or when a manual operation is performed to reset the counts.
See also PP, PM.
IETF
Internet Engineering Task Force
The standards and specifications review board for the Internet.
IKE
Internet key exchange
Inbound NAT
Inbound Network Address Translation
The feature that allows users using internal Optical Metro 5100/5200 IP
addresses on their data communication network to access the Optical Metro
5100/5200 network.
indicator lamp
A status indicator, usually an LED, that provides constant visual information
about the state of operation of a component or device or indicates a change of
status.
3-22 List of terms
infrared
Indicates electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths greater than those of
visible light and shorter than those of microwaves. We cannot see infrared
radiation but can feel it as heat. Transmission of glass optical fibers is best in
the infrared at wavelengths of 1100 nm to 1600 nm.
insertion loss
Additional loss in a system when a device such as a connector is inserted, equal
to the difference in signal level between the input and output.
inter-LATA
Services, revenues, and functions associated with telecommunications that
originate in one local access transport area (LATA) and that terminate in
another LATA or outside of the originating LATA. See also LATA.
Internet
A world-wide, public, and cooperative computer network system based on
TCP/IP.
I/O
input/output
I/O describes any operation, program, or device that transfers data to or from
a computer.
IP
Internet protocol
An IETF standard protocol used in interconnected systems of
packet-switching computer communication networks.
IPSec
Internet protocol security
IR
intermediate reach
The distance specification for optical systems that operate effectively from
3 km to 20 km (1.8 miles to 12.5 miles).
IS
in-service
An administrative state.
List of terms 3-23
IS-ANR
in-service abnormal
An operational state indicating a degraded condition (the function is being
performed at a reduced capacity but the equipment/facility has not failed).
IS-NR
in-service normal
ISAKMP
Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol
ISL
intershelf link
ISO
An international organization that defines communications and computing
standards.
ITU standard wavelength designation
Wavelength designation based on optical frequency with 100 GHz spacing.
The anchor optical frequency is 193.1 THz (terahertz) corresponding to
1552.52 nm wavelength.
ITU-T
International Telecommunication UnionTelecommunication
Standardization Sector
The specialized agency of the United Nations for telecommunications. The
ITU is also the organization in which governments, private companies, and
scientific and industrial institutions cooperate to improve the rational use of
telecommunications.
Java
Also Java programming language. An object-oriented programming language
commonly associated with machine-independent network-based applications
or applets.
jitter
Small and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes
in component characteristics, supply voltages, and imperfect synchronizing
circuits.
3-24 List of terms
kbit/s
thousands of bits per second
A measure of the bandwidth on a data transmission medium. One kbit/s equals
1000 bit/s.
kilohm
A unit of electrical resistance equal to 1000 ohms.
LAN
local area network
A data communications network that is geographically limited (typically to a
1 km radius), allowing easy interconnection of terminals, microprocessors,
and computers within adjacent buildings. Most notable of LAN topologies are
Ethernet, token ring, and FDDI.
laser
light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation
One of the wide range of devices that generates light by that principle. Laser
light is directional, covers a narrow range of wavelengths, and is more coherent
than ordinary light. Laser diodes are the standard light sources in fiber-optic
systems.
laser diode
An electro-optic device that produces coherent light within a narrow range of
wavelengths commonly centered around 780 nm, 1310 nm, and 1550 nm. The
wavelengths most commonly used in communications systems are 1310 nm
and 1550 nm.
LATA
local access transport area
One of 196 local geographical areas in the U.S. within which a local telephone
company may offer telecommunication-related services (local and long
distance).
layers
System design and communication standards that define different levels of
conceptual abstraction (for example, the ISO OSI framework consists of seven
layers).
List of terms 3-25
L-band
long band
In optical networks, a range of wavelengths between 1570 nm and 1620 nm.
LED
light-emitting diode
A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.
Light-emitting diodes can indicate equipment or transmission status, ready
states, protocol settings.
In lasers, the LED is the main light source for optical fiber transmission. This
type of LED is used mainly with multimode fiber.
light
Electromagnetic radiation visible to the human eye at 400 nm to 700 nm. The
term is also applied to electromagnetic radiation with properties similar to
visible light, including the invisible near-infrared radiation in most fiber-optic
communication systems.
link budget
The maximum allowable difference, measured in dB, between the transmit
power level and the receive power level for the line side portion of an optical
channel.
lockout
A user-initiated action that freezes the protection group on which it is invoked.
No further protection actions can take place until the lock has been removed.
LOF
loss of frame
long band
See L-band.
long-haul communications
In public switched networks, pertains to circuits that span large distances, such
as the circuits in inter-LATA, interstate, and international communications.
long-haul telecommunications
Long-distance telecommunications links such as cross-country or
transoceanic.
3-26 List of terms
LOS
loss of signal
A physical-layer alarm sent by the receiver to indicate the facility is outside of
the supported parameter. For example, LOS is declared if a fiber-optic cable is
cut and the receiving end no longer detects any signal transmissions. The LOS
alarm continues until it is manually suppressed or the problem is fixed.
Detection of LOS prompts an alarm indication signal (AIS).
loss
Attenuation of optical signal, normally measured in decibels.
LR
long reach
The distance specification for optical systems that operate effectively from
20 km to 100 km (12.5 miles to 62 miles).
MAC
medium access control
A protocol governing access from a station to a network.
MAN
metropolitan area network
A MAN consists of LANs interconnected within a radius of approximately
80 km (50 miles). MANs typically use fiber-optic cable to connect LANs.
margin
The additional amount of loss that can be tolerated in a link.
Mbit/s
megabits per second
A measure of the bandwidth on a data transmission medium. One Mbit/s
equals 1,000,000 bit/s.
Mbyte
megabyte
A unit of data or storage capacity equal to one million bytes.
List of terms 3-27
MD5
Message Digest 5
MHz
megahertz
A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000 cycles per second.
MIB
management information base
The data schema that defines the information available to network
management systems from an SNMP-manageable device or service. The term
MIB is also commonly used to refer to any subset of managed objects that
comprises a MIB.
micrometer
See micron.
micron
One millionth of a meter (10
-6
meter). Commonly used to express the
geometric dimensions of optical fiber.
MM
multimode
See multimode optical fiber (MMF).
Also multimode optical fiber. A fiber-optic medium in which light travels in
multiple modes. Typical core cladding sizes (measured in microns) are 50/125,
62.5/125 and 100/140. See also SM.
mode
Bundles of light rays of the same wavelength, that enter a fiber at the same
angle. See SM and MM.
modulation
The process by which the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) is modified
by another wave (the signal). Examples include amplitude modulation (AM),
frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-code modulation (PCM).
MOTR
See muxponder.
3-28 List of terms
ms
millisecond
One thousandth of a second.
multimode optical fiber (MMF)
An optical fiber that supports the propagation of more than one bound mode at
a given operating wavelength.
A multimode optical fiber may either be a graded index (GI) fiber or a step
index (SI) fiber. The number of modes that an optical fiber will support
depends on the core diameter, the numerical aperture (NA) and the
wavelength.
multiplexer optical transponder
See muxponder.
multiplexing
The combining of two or more information channels onto a common
transmission medium.
MUX
multiplexer
A device that combines two or more signals into a signal composite data
stream for transmission on a single channel.
muxponder
multiplexer optical transponder
The two-slot circuit pack that combines the functions of an OCI SRM and an
OTR into a single circuit pack.
NA
numerical aperture
The number that expresses the ability of an optical fiber to gather light.
nanometer
See nm.
NC
normally closed
List of terms 3-29
NDSF
non-dispersion-shifted fiber
A type of optical fiber optimized for the 1310 nm transmission window.
NE
network element
In integrated services digital networks, a piece of telecommunications
equipment that provides support or services to the user.
near-end
When handling a pair of shelves in a network, the shelf at the site that you are
at.
NEBS
Network Equipment Building System
A Telcordia physical requirement and testing standard with which the vendor
equipment used by telephone companies must comply. The requirements were
created to ensure that a product installed in a central office is safe, robust, and
extremely reliable.
netmask
A 32-bit mask that shows how an Internet address is to be divided into network,
subnet, and host parts. The netmask has ones in the bit positions in the 32-bit
address which are to be used for the network and subnet parts, and zeros for
the host part. The mask should contain at least the standard network portion (as
determined by the class of the address) and the subnet field should be
contiguous with the network portion.
nm
nanometer
One billionth of a meter (10
-9
meter). A unit of measure commonly used to
express the wavelengths of light.
NMA
network monitoring and analysis
The Telcordia surveillance operations system. NMA is a registered trademark
of Telcordia
3-30 List of terms
NMT
Network Modeling Tool
A stand-alone software application used for modeling networks according to
link engineering guidelines.
NO
normally open
node
For networks, a branching or exchange point.
NOS
Not Operational Signal
NTP
Nortel technical publication
NTP
Network Time Protocol
OADM
optical add/drop multiplexer
An add/drop multiplexer that allows the selective add and drop of optical
channels at a particular site while passing the remaining channels through the
optical fiber. The OADM acts as an optical router.
OAM
operations, administration, and maintenance
OAM&P
operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning
OAMPDU
operations, administration, maintenance protocol data unit
List of terms 3-31
OC
optical carrier
Series of physical protocols (OC-1, OC-2, OC-3, and so on), defined for
SONET optical signal transmissions. OC signal levels put STS frames onto
fiber-optic line at a variety of speeds. The base rate is 51.84 Mbit/s (OC-1);
each signal level thereafter operates at a speed divisible by that number (thus,
OC-3 runs at 155.52 Mbit/s).
OC-1
optical carrier level 1
An optical SONET signal rate of 51.84 Mbit/s.
OC-3
OC-12
OC-48
OC-192
OC-768
3-32 List of terms
OCI
optical-channel interface
The circuit pack that interfaces with the customer equipment (subtending
equipment) in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network. A non-WDM circuit pack
in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 node that provides an interface to the
wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) fiber. Other types of OCI cards are
OC-3, OC-12, Gigabit Ethernet, and fiber distributed data interface (FDDI).
OCLD
optical channel laser and detector
The optical channel transmitter and receiver circuit pack that interfaces with
the WDM ring through the OMX in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.
OCM
optical channel manager
The circuit pack that does protection switching for the Optical Metro
5100/5200 shelf.
ODU
optical data unit
Nominal ODUk rates are:
ODU1: 2.498776 Gbit/s
ODU2: 10.037273 Gbit/s
ODU3: 40.319218 Gbit/s
O/E
optical to electrical
Optical to electrical conversion.
OEM
original equipment manufacturer
Many computer hardware manufacturers supply their product for packaging as
part of another companys product and brand name. The supplier of the
product to be included is known as the OEM.
List of terms 3-33
OFA
optical-fiber amplifier
An all-optical amplifier that uses erbium or other doped fibers and pump lasers
to increase signal output power without electronic conversion.
OFS
out of frame second
A second in an SDH signal that has one or more out-of-frame.
ohm
A unit of electrical resistance, equal to the resistance through which a current
of 1 ampere will flow when there is a potential difference of 1 volt across it.
OME1110
Optical Multiservice Edge 1110
OME6500
OMEA
Optical Manager Element Adapter
OMX
optical multiplexer
A component that does optical add/drop operations to the various Optical
Metro 5100/5200 nodes.
OMXI
optical multiplexer interface
OOF
out of frame
OOS
out-of-service
The status of a primary rate link when it is out of service. On some screens of
the Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager, out-of-service is represented as
OS.
3-34 List of terms
OOS-AU
out-of-service autonomous
OOS-AUMA
out-of-service autonomous management
OOS-MA
out-of-service maintenance
Also out-of-service maintenance for memory administration.
OOS-MA-ANR
out-of-service maintenance abnormal
operational state
The operational state of an entity (equipment, facility, etc.) is its actual state.
This state is derived from the underlying condition of the entity and cannot be
edited. See also administrative state.
OPM
optical power meter
An electronic device that measures optical power levels. The meter reads
absolute power levels in dBm or relative units of dB. OPMs typically have a
range of 80 dBm to +33 dBm.
OPR
optical power received
OPRN
optical power received normalized
OPT
optical power transmitted
optical add/drop multiplexer
See OADM.
optical channel
The complete path taken by a specific client signal, from the time it is received
by the Optical Metro 5100/5200 client interface module to the time it is
transmitted through another Optical Metro 5100/5200 client interface
module without having gone through any other non-Optical Metro
5100/5200 equipment.
List of terms 3-35
optical-channel interface
See OCI.
optical channel laser and detector
See OCLD.
optical-electrical-optical conversion (O-E-O)
The conversion of optical signals to electrical form, followed by reconversion
to an optical signal. The conversion to electrical form is required to boost the
signal, which fades over distance.
optical fiber
A thin filament of glass that consists of a core and a cladding that is capable of
carrying information in the form of light.
optical-fiber amplifier
See OFA.
optical fiber loss
See fiber loss.
optical seam
An optical seam occurs at any site in the network when there is no optical
passthrough, that is, where information is dropped but not added onto the ring.
optical transmitter/receiver
See OTR.
optical transponder
See OTR.
optical waveguide
See optical fiber.
OPTN
optical power transmitted normalized
OPU
optical channel payload unit
Nominal OPUk rates are:
OPU1: 2.444320 Gbit/s
OPU2: 9.995276 Gbit/s
OPU3: 40.150519 Gbit/s
3-36 List of terms
OS
operating system
The underlying software that schedules tasks, allocates storage, handles the
interface to peripheral hardware, and presents a default interface to the user
when no application program is running.
OSA
optical spectrum analyzer
An integrated optical circuit that (a) performs electromagnetic spectrum
analyses by executing coherent optical signal processing operations, such as
Fourier transform analyses, Fourier transform integration, and related
correlation and convoluted functions, and (b) usually consists of monolithic
structures of alloy compositions, such as gallium arsenide, that may be formed
by liquid phase epitaxial techniques, energized molecular beam processes, or
chemical vapor deposition processes.
OSC
optical supervisory channel
The circuit pack that implements the OSC to the sites in an Optical Metro
5100/5200 network.
Also refers to the tray that adds and drops the OSC channel to and from an
existing DWDM signal.
OSI
open systems interconnection
OSID
optical system identifier
The OSID is used to identify all line-side optical components that interact with
a common optical fiber system.
OSP
Optical Service Provisioner
List of terms 3-37
OSPF
open shortest path first
A protocol that defines how routers share routing information. Unlike the older
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) which transfers entire routing tables,
OSPF conserves bandwidth by transferring only routing information that has
changed since the previous transfer.
OSNR
optical signal-to-noise ratio
The ratio of the amplitude of the desired signal to the amplitude of noise
signals at a given point in time.
OSS
operations support system
A class of network management systems typically used by RBOCs and
certified by Telcordia.
OTDR
optical time domain reflectometer
OTM
optical transport module
OTN
optical transport network
OTR
optical transmitter/receiver
The two-slot circuit pack that combines the functions of the OCI and OCLD.
The circuit pack is also known as optical transponder or simply transponder.
OTS
optical transmission signal
OTU
optical channel transport unit
Nominal OTUk rates are:
OTU1: 2.666057 Gbit/s
OTU2: 10.709225 Gbit/s
OTU3: 43.018413 Gbit/s
3-38 List of terms
OV
Optical Viewer
pass-through
A signal bypass mechanism that allows the signal to pass through a device with
little or no signal processing.
path
An end-to-end unidirectional connection from a source OCI to a destination
OCI. There are separate paths for each direction and for working and
protection.
path protection
Path protection relates to the OCM circuit pack switching from one input to
another to maintain traffic.
PBE
Per Band Equalizer
A component that is installed in the optical-fiber amplifier (OFA) shelf, used
to equalize optical signals on a band level, using variable optical attenuators.
PBEs are available in three types: C-Band PBE, L-Band PBE, C&L-Band
PBE.
PDU
protocol data unit
PEC
product engineering code
Per Band Equalizer
See PBE.
performance monitoring
See PM.
performance parameters
See PP.
per-wavelength optical service channel (PWOSC)
An out-of-band communication path that is carried along each channel of an
optically multiplexed section connecting Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelves.
List of terms 3-39
PFS
perfect forward secrecy
pigtail
Fiber-optic cable that has a connector installed on one end only. See also
cable assembly.
PM
Performance monitoring in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network allows you
to detect degradation in the network on a timely basis. PM works with
measurable parameters (PPs) that count or gauge the quality of payload signals
and transmission equipment. See also PP.
point-to-point transmission
Carrying a signal between two endpoints without branching to other points.
polarization
The direction of the electric field in the lightwave.
POP
point of presence
A physical layer within a local access and transport area (LATA) at which an
interLATA carrier establishes itself for the purpose of obtaining LATA access
and to which the local exchange carrier provides access services.
PP
performance parameter
Performance monitoring (PM) works with measurable parameters (PPs) that
count or gauge the quality of payload signals and transmission equipment. See
also PM.
PPP
point-to-point protocol
An Internet suite protocol used to establish IP communications between two
nodes over non-Ethernet physical interfaces. (Typically used to establish IP
communications over point-to-point slow-speed serial links.)
primary shelf
The Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf that contains the system time and date
references with which the other shelves in the network synchronize.
3-40 List of terms
protection group
A collection of objects that are logically grouped to provide protection. For
instance, the two OCM circuit packs form a protection group because they
protect each other; this also applies to two OCLD circuit packs when they
provide path protection.
protocol
The procedure used to control the orderly exchange of information between
stations on a data link or on a data-communications network or system.
Protocols specify standards in three areas: the code set, usually ASCII or
EBCDIC; the transmission mode, usually asynchronous or synchronous; and
the non-data exchanges of information by which the two devices establish
contact and control, detect failures or errors, and initiate corrective action.
provisioning
The process by which a requested service is installed for a user.
PTS
PWOSC
per-wavelength optical service channel
QoS
quality of service
RAM
random access memory
A data storage device for which the order of access to different locations does
not affect the speed of access.
RDI
remote defect indicator
real time
The rapid transmission and processing of event-oriented data and transactions
as they occur in contrast to being stored and retransmitted or processed as
batches.
REI
remote error indicator
List of terms 3-41
reflectance
The ratio of power reflected to the incident power at a connector interface or
other optical junction. Reflectance is typically stated in negative decibels
(dB). The terms return loss, back reflection, and reflectivity are used
interchangeably throughout the industry, but are typically stated as positive
values.
reflection
The abrupt change in direction of a light beam at an interface between two
dissimilar media so the light beam returns into the media from which it
originated.
ring topology
A network topology in which terminals are connected serially point-to-point
in an unbroken circle.
RoHS
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
RS
reed-Solomon
RS-232
Also RS-232 interface. A standard that describes the physical interface and
protocol for relatively low-speed serial data communication between
computers and related devices.
RTU
right-to-use.
A paid agreement between a customer who buys used equipment from a used
equipment dealer and the manufacturer of that equipment. Right-to-use (RTU)
must be granted to the customer for an option in order for the customer to be
able to change the state of the option. The customer must receive a password
for the option from Nortel before RTU can be granted.
Rx
receive
A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It
functions as an optical-to-electrical converter.
SA
security association
3-42 List of terms
SADB
security association database
S-bus
supervisory bus
The intercard communication bus that uses IEEE 1494 to transport messages
between circuit packs in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf.
SBS
stimulated Brillouin scattering
SC
subscriber connector
A push-pull type of fiber-optic connector with a square barrel.
scalable
The ability to add power and capability to an existing system without
significant expense or overhead.
scattering
The change of direction of light after striking small particles that causes loss
in optical fibers.
SDH
synchronous digital hierarchy
An international digital telecommunications network hierarchy that
standardizes transmission around the bit rate of 51.84 megabits per second,
which is also called STS-1.
SDTH
signal degrade threshold
SEFS
severely errored frame second
A second in a SONET signal that contains one or more SEF defects. An SEF
defect occurs when a minimum of four consecutive frames have invalid
framing bytes (A1/A2) up to a maximum detection time of 625 ms.
See also SEFS_OCH_Path.
List of terms 3-43
SEFS_OCH_Path
Overhead channel path severely errored frame seconds.
selector
A software entity whose purpose is to choose one of two available paths, for
the purpose of protection.
sensitivity
For a fiber-optic receiver, the minimum optical power required to achieve a
specified level of performance, such as a BER.
SES
severely errored second
A second in a SONET or SDH signal that contains more than 30% errored
blocks, or at least one out-of-frame defect. See also EB, ES, OFS,
SEFS, PM, SES_OCH_Path, SES_MUX_Trib(1-4).
SES_MUX_Trib(1-4)
Multiplexer tributary severely errored seconds (1-4). The numbers in
parentheses indicate which of the four tributaries that the multiplexer tributary
parameter applies to.
SES_OCH_Path
Overhead channel path severely errored seconds.
session
A session is the length of time the user is logged in to the system at the System
Manager.
SF
signal failure
SFP
small form factor pluggable
SFPLS
small form factor pluggable line-side
SHA1
Secure Hash Algorithm
3-44 List of terms
short-haul communications
In common usage, this term is ordinarily applied to traffic between points less
than 100 km (60 miles) apart.
single-byte command code sets connection (SBCON)
An ANSI industry standard that specifies fiber-optic links, switched
point-to-point topology, and I/O protocols for high bandwidth, high
performance, and long distance information exchange.
SLA
service level agreement
SLAT
system lineup and testing
A tool that provides temporary connections between the tributaries and the
optics when doing stand-alone site testing on a shelf.
SLEC
system level equalization control
An automated system-wide equalization system which allows you to request a
complete equalization or re-equalization of a network. The SLEC feature is
responsible for the coordinated system-wide equalization of an amplified
network.
SM
single-mode
An optical fiber in which only one bound mode can propagate at a given
wavelength. SM optical fibers can support longer distances. See also MM.
SMI
System Manager Interface. See also System Manager.
SNMP
simple network management protocol
A standard for the management of entities in a IP network.
SONET
synchronous optical network
An interface standard for synchronous optical fiber transmission.
List of terms 3-45
SP
shelf processor
The circuit pack that provides alarm consolidation, software and configuration
management, node visibility, and other features for the Optical Metro
5100/5200 system.
span
An optical channel between two nodes terminated by OCLD circuit packs.
Spans are unique for each wavelength and direction.
SPD
security policy database
SPI
security parameter index
SPS
surrogate payload signal
A clock signal placed on the data channel in the absence of other valid data.
SR
short reach
The distance specification for optical systems that operate effectively up to
3 km (1.8 miles).
SRM
subrate multiplexer
STM
synchronous transfer mode
In a digital network, a transport level technique that uses time division
multiplexing (TDM) and switching across the users network interface.
STM-1
synchronous transport module level 1
An SDH signal that carries data at the rate of 155.52 Mbit/s.
3-46 List of terms
STM-4
STM-16
STM-64
STM-256
straight-through cable
A cable with compatible pins for connecting an Ethernet hub to a personal
computer.
STS-1
synchronous transport signal level 1
An electrical SONET construct that carries data at the rate of 51.84 Mbit/s.
OC-1 is the equivalent optical signal.
subscriber connector (SC)
A fiber optic connector having a 2.5 mm ferrule, push-pull latching
mechanism, and the ability to be snapped together to form duplex and
multifiber connectors.
SC connectors are the preferred fiber-optic cable for premises cabling, and are
recommended by the TIA/EIA-468-A Standard for structured cabling. Used
with Ethernet 100Base-FX and 1000Base-LX/SX fiber-optic media systems.
The SC connector has a squared face and is easier to connect in a confined
space.
surrogate payload signal
See SPS.
List of terms 3-47
surrogate signal
See SPS.
System Manager
The graphical user interface used to commission, provision, monitor, and
maintain an Optical Metro 5100/5200 system.
TCA
threshold crossing alert
When a PM threshold is reached or crossed, a threshold crossing alert (TCA)
is raised. In some cases, an alarm can be raised by a TCA, depending on the
severity of the problem and the type of parameter. See also PM, PP.
TCM
tandem connection monitoring
TCP/IP
transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
TCP is a connection-oriented transport protocol, providing reliable, in-order
delivery of a stream of bytes, making it suitable for a variety of Internet-based
applications, such as file transfer. See also UDP.
TDM
time-division multiplexing
A means of obtaining a number of channels over a single path by dividing the
path into a number of time slots and assigning each channel its own
intermittently repeated time slot.
terminal
Any device capable of sending or receiving information over a communication
channel.
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association
TID
target identifier
TL1
Transaction Language 1
Machine to machine communication language.
3-48 List of terms
TMF
Telemanagement Forum
topology
The physical layout of a network.
TPT
Transponder Protection Tray. See also Transponder Protection Tray.
traffic
The activity on a network or an individual circuit.
Transponder Protection Tray
A component that provides path and equipment protection for signals carried
on the optical transponder (OTR) and muxponder circuit packs.
TTI
trail trace identifier
Tx
transmit
A device that includes an LED or laser source and signal conditioning
electronics that is used to inject a signal into optical fiber.
U
(vertical) unit
One U is 1.75 inches. Standard equipment racks have bolt holes spaced evenly
on the mounting rails to permit equipment that is sized in multiples of this
vertical unit to be mounted in the same rack.
UDP
User Datagram Protocol
UDP is a connection-less transport protocol, which does not guarantee
reliability or ordering in the way that TCP does. Avoiding the overhead of
checking whether every packet actually arrived makes UDP faster and more
efficient, for applications that do not need guaranteed delivery, such as network
time protocol. See also TCP/IP.
UNIX
A non-realtime operating system. A portable, multiuser, time-shared operating
system that supports process scheduling, job control, and a programmable user
interface.
List of terms 3-49
UPSN
user provisionable slot number
URL
uniform resource locator
The address of a file or other resource accessible on the Internet.
user ID
A unique name, number, or both, that is associated with a user name on a server
system.
USM
user-based security model
UTC
Coordinated Universal Time
VAC
visual alarm card
The visual alarm card is part of the maintenance panel on the Optical Metro
5100/5200 shelf. Maintenance and replacement of the VAC must be performed
by Nortel Technical Support.
VACM
view-based access control model
VCAT
virtual concatenation
VGA
variable gain amplifier
VIF
virtual interface
A group of one or more PPP-based overhead channels from a given shelf to the
same destination shelf.
3-50 List of terms
VOA
variable optical attenuator
A device that enables adjustment of signal strength through a fiber-optic cable
by means of an aperture that is controlled by a set screw.
The VOA is typically adjustable between 5 dBm and 50 dBm and is an
in-line component of an optical patch cord.
VOM
volt-ohm-multimeter
VPN
virtual private network
WAN
wide area network
A physical or logical network that provides data communications to a larger
number of independent users than are usually served by a LAN and is usually
spread over a larger geographic area than that of a LAN.
wavelength
The distance an electromagnetic wave travels in the time it takes to oscillate
through a complete cycle. Wavelengths of light are measured in nanometers or
microns.
WDM
wavelength division multiplexing
A technology that allows two or more optical signals with different
wavelengths to be simultaneously transmitted in the same direction over one
optical fiber and then separated, by wavelength, at the distant end.
WSC
wayside channel
WTR
wait to restore
XFP
large form factor pluggable
4-1
Master index 4-
Numeric
100 GHz (DWDM-OM5000) center
wavelengths 101 7-37, 110 1-19
10Base-T ports, pinouts 180 1-11
1310 nm add/drop 110 3-138
1310 nm splitter/coupler 110 2-11
alarms, clearing 542 19-1
equipping rules 110 12-38
installing 210 4-81
provisioning manually 310 3-135
1310 nm splitter/coupler alarms
Optical Tray Mismatch 542 19-3
Optical Tray Missing 542 19-6
Unknown Circuit Pack 542 19-8
1310 nm splitter/coupler drawer
replacing 546 2-206
1310 nm splitter/coupler tray
about 102 30-1
accessing connectors 221 1-50
connecting to optical components 221
3-48
connectors 102 30-2
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
location 102 30-3
ordering 110 13-107
replacing 546 2-199
routing fibers 201 9-118, 210 8-86
signal flow 102 30-2
specifications 180 1-30
19-inch rack 201 4-34, 201 4-37
installing mounting brackets 201 4-12
installing shelves in 201 4-1, 201 5-1
replacing OME1110 in 546 4-1
1CH CWDM, installing 201 4-159
1CH OADM ITU CWDM, installing 201
4-159
1U AC rectifier
connecting
ac power 201 6-32
dc power 201 6-38
connecting external power alarm 201 7-20
1U APRS rectifier
about 102 22-1
connecting
ac power 210 5-35
dc power 210 5-38
telemetry alarm 210 6-13
installing the chassis 210 4-31
replacing 546 2-193
200 GHz (DWDM-OM5000) center
wavelengths 101 7-37, 110 1-18
23-inch rack
installing mounting brackets 201 4-12
2U AC rectifier
about 102 22-1, 102 22-15
alarm connections 201 7-14
assigning name for alarm input 201 7-18
connecting
ac power 201 6-23
dc outputs 201 6-27
external power alarm 201 7-12
grounding 201 4-69
installing 201 4-65
PC communication parameters,
setting 201 7-18
pinout descriptions for connector 5 (alarm
relay outputs only) 201 7-17
4-2 Master index
3U APRS rectifier
about 102 22-1
connecting ac power 201 6-13, 210 5-25
connecting dc power 210 5-29
connecting external power alarm 201 7-10,
210 6-11
connecting power 201 6-17
installing the chassis 201 4-60, 210 4-27
replacing 546 2-196
535-mm cabinet
535-mm rack
installing shelves in 201 4-1
535-mm rack (ETSI), installing shelves
in 201 5-1
A
A/B power separation 102 1-8
AC power, 1U AC rectifier 201 6-32
AC power, 2U AC rectifier 201 6-23
acceptance testing
ESCON protocol 330 1-1
Fibre Channel protocol 330 2-1
Gigabit Ethernet protocol 330 3-1, 330 5-1
MPEG-2 330 5-1
SONET/SDH protocol 330 4-1
access privileges, about 310 1-2
Active Alarms window 101 7-42
active path, locking out 310 3-209
ACT-LASER, TL1 system commands 190
3-3
ACT-USER, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-5
ACT-USER, TL1 security and administration
commands, ETS Comms module 190
17-14
adapter housings, cleaning 201 10-15, 210
9-16
Add User window 101 7-156
adding
path assignments 310 3-63
traffic
to a Muxponder circuit pack 310 3-176
to an OCLD circuit pack 310 3-165
to an OTR circuit pack 310 3-170
air baffle
description 102 1-15
installing 201 4-41
ordering 110 13-12
air filter, replacing in 5200 shelf 546 2-8
alarm and event commands, TL1
interface 190 11-1
alarm cut-off (ACO)
about 102 1-10
indicator lamps 102 1-10
Alarm Details window 101 7-43
Alarm Indication Detail, about 101 6-12
alarm indicators
Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-6
alarm input, assigning name, 2U AC
rectifier 201 7-18
alarm management, System Manager 101 1-4
alarm severity, provisioning 310 1-37
alarm, external power, 2U AC rectifier 201
7-12
alarms
1310 nm S/C Optical Tray Mismatch 542
19-3
1310 nm S/C Optical Tray Missing 542
19-6
1310 nm S/C Unknown Circuit Pack 542
19-8
acknowledging visual 310 1-42
All Database Copies are Unavailable 542
14-4
APBE 542 12-1
APBE Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
12-5
APBE Band Alarm Indication Signal 542
12-9
APBE Circuit Pack Failed 542 12-11
APBE Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 12-5
APBE Circuit Pack Missing 542 12-12
Master index 4-3
alarms (continued)
APBE Facility Out of Service - Optical
Signal Failure 542 12-14
APBE High Optical Power, Tx 542 12-46
APBE Incomplete Provisioning 542 12-16
APBE Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 12-18
APBE Invalid Provisioning 542 12-20
APBE Loss of Signal 542 12-22
APBE Low Optical Power Warning,
Tx 542 12-48
APBE Low Optical Power, Tx 542 12-48
APBE Optical Power Warning, Rx 542
12-35
APBE Optical Signal Failure 542 12-24
APBE Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 12-29
APBE Power Out of Range High 542
12-31
APBE Power Out of Range Low 542 12-33
APBE Target Power Not Attainable
High 542 12-37
APBE Target Power Not Attainable
Low 542 12-38
APBE TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542
12-39
APBE TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542
12-41
APBE TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542
12-44
APBE Unexpected Input Power
Change 542 12-51
APBE Unknown Circuit Pack 542 12-53
audible indicators 542 3-2
banner 101 7-14
C&L splitter/coupler 542 17-1
C&L splitter/coupler Optical Signal Failure
(Rx) 542 17-3
classifications 542 3-3
clearing procedures 542 3-2
counts for shelves 310 1-44
Database Redundancy is Unavailable 542
14-14
discrete VOA 542 21-1, 542 25-1, 542
26-1
DSCM Optical Tray Mismatch 542 25-3
DSCM Optical Tray Missing 542 25-6
alarms (continued)
ECT 542 10-1
ECT/PBE Autoprovisioning
Mismatch 542 10-4
ECT/PBE Optical Tray Mismatch 542
10-4
ECT/PBE Optical Tray Missing 542 10-6
ECT/PBE Unknown Circuit Pack 542 10-8
EIU 542 18-1
EIU Equipment Inventory Unit
Mismatch 542 18-4
EIU Equipment Inventory Unit
Missing/Failed 542 18-6
EIU Unknown Circuit Pack 542 18-8
Ethernet port, provisioning 310 1-60
ETS Comms electrical failure supply A or
B 542 23-13
ETS Comms Loss of power 542 23-14
ETS Comms Managed module raises a
minor alarm 542 23-13
ETS Comms Managed module raises a
mj/cr alarm 542 23-12
ETS Comms Module Failed 542 23-10
ETS Comms Module mounted in the wrong
slot 542 23-11
ETS Switch Electrical power failure 542
23-22
ETS Switch No optical signal is
present 542 23-20
ETS Switch Received Power High 542
23-19
ETS Switch Received Power Low 542
23-17
ETS, troubleshooting using TL1 542
23-15
GFSRM Automatic Switch to Protection
Path active 542 6-8
GFSRM Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
6-9
GFSRM Backplane Loss of Activity 542
6-14
GFSRM Circuit Pack Failed 542 6-18
GFSRM Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 6-9
GFSRM Circuit Pack Missing 542 6-20
GFSRM Client Service Mismatch 542
6-23
GFSRM Facility Loopback 542 6-26
4-4 Master index
alarms (continued)
GFSRM Far End Client Rx Signal Fail 542
6-27
GFSRM Forced Switch to East Path
Active 542 6-28
GFSRM Forced Switch to West Path
Active 542 6-28
GFSRM Insufficient Link Capacity 542
6-29
GFSRM Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 6-30
GFSRM Invalid Signal (backplane) 542
6-33
GFSRM LAN Link Down 542 6-39
GFSRM Loss of Frame Delineation 542
6-43
GFSRM Loss of Pointer 542 6-46
GFSRM Loss of Signal 542 6-64
GFSRM Loss of Synchronization 542 6-48
GFSRM Loss of Timing Reference 542
6-51
GFSRM Manual Switch to (West) or (East)
Path active 542 6-55
GFSRM Path Alarm Indication Signal 542
6-6
GFSRM Path Lockout active 542 6-56
GFSRM Payload Label Mismatch 542
6-57
GFSRM Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 6-59
GFSRM Remote Failure Indication 542
6-62
GFSRM Terminal Loopback 542 6-68
GFSRM Unequipped 542 6-69
GFSRM Unknown Circuit Pack 542 6-72
IKE Failures 542 22-8
Incompatible Provisioning - IPSec 542
22-12
indicators 542 3-2
intermittent 542 3-3
IPSec Errors 542 22-10
locating with System Manager 542 3-1
Loss of Contact With NTP Source 542
14-21
MOTR 542 29-1
MOTR Alarm Indication Signal 542 29-13
alarms (continued)
MOTR Auto Protection Switch
Acknowledge Time Out 542 29-15
MOTR Automatic Protection Byte
Fail 542 29-18
MOTR Automatic Switch to Protection Path
active 542 29-25
MOTR Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
29-20
MOTR Backplane Loss of Activity 542
29-27
MOTR Backward Defect Indication 542
29-26
MOTR Circuit Pack Failed 542 29-32
MOTR Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 29-20
MOTR Circuit Pack Missing 542 29-34
MOTR Facility Loopback 542 29-37
MOTR Far End Protection Line Fail 542
29-38
MOTR Fiber Mismatch 542 29-39
MOTR Forced Switch to (East) or (West)
Path Active 542 29-41
MOTR GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 Overhead Link
Failure 542 29-284
MOTR High Optical Power 542 29-42
MOTR High Optical Power Warning 542
29-51
MOTR Incompatible Optical System
Identifier 542 29-59
MOTR Incomplete Provisioning 542
29-61
MOTR Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 29-63
MOTR Invalid Provisioning 542 29-66
MOTR Invalid Signal 542 29-68
MOTR Line DCC Overhead Link
Failure 542 29-120
MOTR Loss of Frame 542 29-73
MOTR Loss of Lock 542 29-76
MOTR Loss of Signal 542 29-84
MOTR Loss of Timing Reference 542
29-94
MOTR Low Optical Power Warning 542
29-98
MOTR Manual Switch to (West) or (East)
path active 542 29-108
Master index 4-5
alarms (continued)
MOTR ODU Locked 542 13-21, 542
29-326
MOTR Optical Receiver Overload 542
29-109
MOTR Optical System Identifier
Mismatch 542 29-119
MOTR OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542
29-331
MOTR OPU/OTU Trace Identifier
Mismatch 542 29-328
MOTR OTU Backward Defect
Indication 542 29-333
MOTR OTU Loss of Frame 542 29-334
MOTR OTU Loss of Multiframe 542
29-337
MOTR Overhead Link Failure 542 29-120
MOTR Path Lockout Active 542 29-122
MOTR Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 29-123
MOTR Pre-Fec Signal Fail 542 29-342
MOTR Protection Channel Match Fail 542
29-126
MOTR Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not
Available 542 29-128
MOTR Protection Mate SFP Not
MOTR Protection Mode Mismatch 542
29-130
MOTR Protection Scheme Mismatch 542
29-132
MOTR Prov Mismatch-Some circuit packs
not supported on equipped SP 542
14-44
MOTR Remote Automatic Laser
Shutdown 542 29-133
MOTR Remote Defect Indication 542
29-135
MOTR Section DCC Overhead Link
Failure 542 29-120
MOTR Signal Failure 542 29-137, 542
29-339
MOTR TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542
29-140
MOTR TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542
29-148
alarms (continued)
MOTR TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542
29-152
MOTR TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542
29-155
MOTR Transceiver Degrade 542 29-157
MOTR Unassigned Optical System
MOTR Unknown Circuit Pack 542 29-163
MOTR Wavelength Is Not
Provisioned 542 29-165
MOTR Working/Protection Fiber
Mismatch 542 29-166
MOTR Wrapper Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-168
MOTR Wrapper Loss of Frame 542
29-169
MOTRSFP Alarm Indication Signal 542
29-229
MOTRSFP Autoprovisioning Mismatch-
Pluggable 542 29-179
MOTRSFP Circuit Pack Failed -
MOTRSFP Circuit Pack Mismatch-
MOTRSFP Circuit Pack Missing -
MOTRSFP Client Service Mismatch 542
29-184
MOTRSFP CPE Discovery Protocol
Fail 542 27-5
MOTRSFP Facility Loopback 542 29-187
MOTRSFP Far End Client Rx Signal
Fail 542 29-188
MOTRSFP GFP Remote Failure
MOTRSFP Incompatible Provisioning -
MOTRSFP Insufficient Link Capacity 542
29-192
MOTRSFP Inter-card Communication
Failure - Pluggable 542 29-194
MOTRSFP LAN Link Down 542 29-197
MOTRSFP Loss of Alignment 542 29-200
MOTRSFP Loss of Frame Delineation 542
29-204
MOTRSFP Loss of Lock 542 29-205
4-6 Master index
alarms (continued)
MOTRSFP Loss of Multiframe 542
13-143, 542 13-256, 542 29-231, 542
29-337
MOTRSFP Loss of Pointer 542 29-233
MOTRSFP Loss of Sequence 542 29-235
MOTRSFP Loss of Signal 542 29-211
MOTRSFP Loss of Synchronization 542
29-216
MOTRSFP ODU Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-320, 542 29-329
MOTRSFP ODU Backward Defect
MOTRSFP ODU Open Connection
Indication 542 13-23, 542 29-323
MOTRSFP OPU Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-320, 542 29-329
MOTRSFP OTU Backward Defect
Indication 542 29-322, 542 29-333
MOTRSFP Payload Label Mismatch 542
29-237
MOTRSFP Remote Client Circuit Pack
Failed - Pluggable 542 27-6
Mismatch- Pluggable 542 27-8
Missing - Pluggable 542 27-10
Unknown - Pluggable 542 27-12
MOTRSFP Remote Client High Optical
Power 542 27-14
MOTRSFP Remote Client Low Optical
Power 542 27-17
MOTRSFP Remote Failure Indication 542
29-224
MOTRSFP Remote Invalid
Configuration 542 27-33
MOTRSFP Remote Line Circuit Pack
MOTRSFP Remote Line Circuit Pack
Unknown - Pluggable 542 27-22
MOTRSFP Remote Line High Optical
Power 542 27-24
MOTRSFP Remote Line Low Optical
Power 542 27-27
MOTRSFP Remote loopback Active 542
27-30
alarms (continued)
MOTRSFP Remote loopback Fail 542
27-31
MOTRSFP Remote Power Fail 542 27-34
MOTRSFP Remote Power Supply 1
Missing 542 27-35
MOTRSFP Remote Power Supply 2
Missing 542 27-36
MOTRSFP Remote Receiver Fail 542
27-32
MOTRSFP Remote Subtended Client Link
Down 542 27-37
MOTRSFP Signal Failure 542 29-226
MOTRSFP Summary Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-229
MOTRSFP Summary Loss of
Multiframe 542 29-231
MOTRSFP Summary Loss of Pointer 542
29-233
MOTRSFP Summary Loss of
Sequence 542 29-235
MOTRSFP Summary Payload Label
Mismatch 542 29-237
MOTRSFP Summary Remote Failure
MOTRSFP Summary Unequipped 542
29-242
MOTRSFP TCA - Optical Power Rx
High 542 29-369
MOTRSFP Terminal Loopback 542
29-246
MOTRSFP Transceiver Degrade 542
29-247
MOTRSFP Tx Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-250
MOTRSFP Tx Loss of Frame 542 29-251
MOTRSFP Tx ODU Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-253
MOTRSFP Tx ODU Backward Defect
MOTRSFP Tx ODU Locked 542 29-256
MOTRSFP Tx ODU Open Connection
MOTRSFP Tx OPU Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-253, 542 29-259
MOTRSFP Tx OPU Payload Type
Mismatch 542 29-261
Master index 4-7
alarms (continued)
MOTRSFP Tx Remote Defect
MOTRSFP Tx Signal Failure 542 29-264
MOTRSFP Unequipped 542 29-242
MOTRSFP Unknown Circuit Pack -
MOTRSFPLS Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-269
MOTRSFPLS Auto Protection Switch
Acknowledge Time Out 542 29-272
MOTRSFPLS Automatic Protection Byte
Fail 542 29-270
MOTRSFPLS Autoprovisioning Mismatch-
MOTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Failed -
MOTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Mismatch-
MOTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Missing -
MOTRSFPLS Facility Loopback 542
29-280
MOTRSFPLS Far End Protection Line
Fail 542 29-281
MOTRSFPLS Fiber Mismatch 542 29-282
MOTRSFPLS High Optical Power
Warning 542 29-51
MOTRSFPLS Incompatible Optical System
MOTRSFPLS Inter-card Communication
MOTRSFPLS Loss of Frame 542 29-201,
542 29-292
MOTRSFPLS Loss of Lock 542 29-295
MOTRSFPLS Loss of Signal 542 29-304
MOTRSFPLS Loss of Timing
Reference 542 29-219, 542 29-315
MOTRSFPLS OTU Loss of Frame 542
29-292
MOTRSFPLS Protection Channel Match
Fail 542 29-344
MOTRSFPLS Protection Mate Circuit Pack
Not Available 542 29-346
MOTRSFPLS Protection Mode
Mismatch 542 29-348
alarms (continued)
MOTRSFPLS Protection Scheme
Mismatch 542 29-349
MOTRSFPLS Remote Automatic Laser
Shutdown 542 29-350
MOTRSFPLS Remote Defect
MOTRSFPLS Signal Failure 542 29-354
MOTRSFPLS TCMi Alarm Indication
Signal 542 29-357
MOTRSFPLS TCMi Backward Defect
MOTRSFPLS TCMi Locked 542 29-360
MOTRSFPLS TCMi Open Connection
MOTRSFPLS TCMi Trace Identifier
Mismatch 542 29-362
MOTRSFPLS Transceiver Degrade 542
29-363
MOTRSFPLS Unknown Circuit Pack -
MOTRSFPLS Working/Protection Fiber
Mismatch 542 29-368
OCI 542 5-1
OCI Automatic Switch to Protection Path
active 542 5-12
OCI Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 5-8
OCI Backplane Loss of Activity 542 5-13
OCI Circuit Pack Failed 542 5-17
OCI Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 5-8
OCI Circuit Pack Missing 542 5-19
OCI Facility Loopback 542 5-22
OCI Forced Switch to East Path
Active 542 5-24
OCI Forced Switch to West Path
Active 542 5-24
OCI High Optical Power 542 5-25
OCI High Optical Power Warning 542
5-29
OCI Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 5-32
OCI Invalid Signal (backplane) 542 5-35
OCI Invalid Signal (SRM port) 542 5-41
OCI Loss of Clock 542 5-44
OCI Loss of Frame (optical receiver) 542
5-48
4-8 Master index
alarms (continued)
OCI Loss of Frame (Tx backplane) 542
5-52
OCI Loss of Frame (Tx optical port) 542
5-57
OCI Loss of Lock 542 5-60
OCI Loss of Signal 542 5-64
OCI Low Optical Power warning 542 5-68
OCI Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path
active 542 5-71
OCI Path Lockout Active 542 5-72
OCI Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 5-73
OCI Signal Degrade 542 5-102
OCI Signal Failure 542 5-106
OCI SRM alarms 542 5-1
OCI SRM GbE/FC alarms 542 6-1
OCI SRM Loss of Pointer 542 5-76
OCI SRM Loss of Primary Clock Source
warning 542 5-78
OCI SRM Loss of Secondary Clock Source
warning 542 5-83
OCI SRM Path Alarm Indication
Signal 542 5-88
OCI SRM Port Alarm Indication
Signal 542 5-92
OCI SRM Port Failure 542 5-96
OCI SRM Port Mapping Fault 542 5-98
OCI SRM Remote Failure Indication 542
5-100
OCI TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542
5-109
OCI TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542
5-112
OCI TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542
5-116
OCI TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542
5-118
OCI Terminal Loopback 542 5-22
OCI Transceiver Degrade 542 5-121
OCI Unequipped or OOS Remote SRM
Port 542 5-123
OCI Unknown Circuit Pack 542 5-125
OCLD alarms 542 8-1
OCLD Alarm Indication Signal 542 8-5
OCLD Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
8-7
alarms (continued)
OCLD Backplane Loss of Activity 542
8-12
OCLD Bit Disparity 542 8-18
OCLD Circuit Pack Failed 542 8-23
OCLD Circuit Pack Minor Mismatch 542
8-25
OCLD Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 8-7
OCLD Circuit Pack Missing 542 8-26
OCLD Facility Loopback 542 8-29
OCLD Fiber Mismatch 542 8-30, 542 8-32
OCLD High Optical Power 542 8-33
OCLD High Optical Power Warning 542
8-41
OCLD Incompatible Optical System
Identifier 542 8-49
OCLD Incomplete Provisioning 542 8-52
OCLD Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 8-54
OCLD Invalid Provisioning 542 8-57
OCLD Invalid Signal (backplane) 542
8-59
OCLD Invalid Signal (optical
receiver) 542 8-66
OCLD Loss of Frame 542 8-77
OCLD Loss of Overhead
Synchronization 542 8-87
OCLD Low Optical Power Warning 542
8-98
OCLD Optical Receiver Overload 542
8-107
OCLD Optical System Identifier
Mismatch 542 8-115
OCLD Overhead Link Failure 542 8-87
OCLD Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 8-116
OCLD Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not
Available 542 8-119
OCLD Remote Automatic Laser
Shutdown 542 8-146
OCLD Remote Failure Indication 542
8-149
OCLD Rx Loss of Signal 542 8-153
OCLD Surrogate Alarm Indication
Signal 542 8-120
OCLD TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542
8-121
Master index 4-9
alarms (continued)
OCLD TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542
8-129
OCLD TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542
8-138
OCLD TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542
8-142
OCLD Terminal Loopback 542 8-29
OCLD Transceiver Degrade 542 8-163
OCLD Unassigned Optical System
OCLD Unknown Circuit Pack 542 8-168
OCM 542 7-1
OCM Backplane Loss of Activity 542 7-4
OCM Circuit Pack Failed 542 7-7
OCM Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 7-8
OCM Circuit Pack Missing 542 7-11
OCM Forced Switch to OCM (9) or (10)
Active 542 7-13
OCM Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 7-14
OCM Pair Mismatch 542 7-18
OCM Protection Not Available 542 7-19
OCM Unknown Circuit Pack 542 7-20
ODU Backward Defect Indication 542
13-20
OFA 542 11-1
OFA Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
11-6
OFA Band Alarm Indication Signal 542
11-12
OFA Circuit Pack Failed 542 11-14
OFA Circuit Pack Failed warning 542
11-17
OFA Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 11-6
OFA Circuit Pack Missing 542 11-20
OFA Facility Out of Service - Optical Signal
Failure 542 11-23
OFA High Optical Power 542 11-26
OFA High Optical Power Warning 542
11-32
OFA Incomplete Provisioning 542 11-38
OFA Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 11-42
OFA Invalid Provisioning 542 11-46
OFA Loss of Signal 542 11-48
alarms (continued)
OFA Low Optical Power Warning 542
11-55
OFA Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or
(Tx) 542 11-62
OFA Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 11-68
OFA Power Out of Range High 542 11-70
OFA Power Out of Range Low 542 11-74
OFA TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542
11-78
OFA TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542
11-85
OFA TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542
11-92
OFA TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542
11-96
OFA Temperature Out of Range 542
11-100
OFA Unknown Circuit Pack 542 11-104
OME1110 542 27-1
OMX Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
9-3
OMX Band Alarm Indication Signal 542
9-6
OMX Band Input Failure 542 9-8
OMX Optical Signal Failure (Tx) or
(Rx) 542 9-10
OMX Optical Tray Mismatch 542 9-3
OMX Optical Tray Missing 542 9-15
OMX Unassigned Optical System
Identifier 542 9-17
OMX Unknown Circuit Pack 542 9-19
optical trunk switch (OTS) 542 24-1
OSC 542 16-1
OSC Circuit Pack Failed 542 16-6
OSC Circuit Pack Missing 542 16-7
OSC Duplicate Optical System
Identifier 542 16-9
OSC East or West Overhead Link
Failure 542 16-13
OSC East or West Remote Overhead Link
Failure 542 16-13
OSC East/West Fiber Mismatch 542 16-11
OSC Facility Loopback 542 16-17
OSC Fault Sectionalization
Unresolved 542 16-18
4-10 Master index
alarms (continued)
OSC Incomplete Provisioning 542 16-20
OSC Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 16-22
OSC Intrasite Communication Failure 542
16-24
OSC Invalid Data 542 16-26
OSC Invalid Provisioning 542 16-28
OSC Invalid Signal 542 16-30
OSC Loss of Frame 542 16-34
OSC Loss of Link 542 16-38
OSC Loss of Signal 542 16-40
OSC Optical System Identifier
Mismatch 542 16-48
OSC Remote Fault Sectionalization Not
Responding 542 16-54
OSC Remote Invalid Signal 542 16-30
OSC Remote Loss of Frame 542 16-34
OSC SC Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or
(Tx) 542 16-44
OSC SC Optical Tray Mismatch 542 16-49
OSC SC Optical Tray Missing 542 16-52
OSC Shelf Input Failure 542 16-57
OSC Site Input Failure 542 16-60
OSC Unequipped Remote Port 542 16-62
OSC Unknown Circuit Pack 542 14-46,
542 16-63
OSC Wayside Alarm Indication
Signal 542 16-65
OTR 542 13-1
OTR Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-11
OTR Automatic Switch to Protection Path
active 542 13-19
OTR Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542
13-14
OTR Backward Defect Indication 542
13-20
OTR Bit Error Rate (BER) Degrade 542
13-25
OTR Circuit Pack Failed 542 13-32
OTR Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 13-14
OTR Circuit Pack Missing 542 13-36
OTR Facility Loopback 542 13-41
OTR Far End Circuit Pack Mismatch 542
13-39
OTR Fiber Mismatch 542 13-42
alarms (continued)
OTR Forced Switch to East Path
Active 542 13-44
OTR GCC0/1/2 Overhead Link
Failure 542 13-145
OTR High Bit Error Rate 542 13-45
OTR High Optical Power 542 13-49
OTR High Optical Power Warning 542
13-59
OTR Incompatible Optical System
OTR Incomplete Provisioning 542 13-71
OTR Inter-card Communication
Failure 542 13-73
OTR Invalid Provisioning 542 13-76
OTR Invalid Signal (optical receiver) 542
13-78
OTR Line/MS DCC Overhead Link
Failure 542 13-145
OTR Local Fault 542 13-82
OTR Loss of Frame 542 13-84
OTR Loss of Lock 542 13-96
OTR Loss of Overhead
Synchronization 542 13-145
OTR Loss of Signal 542 13-108
OTR Low Optical Power Warning 542
13-122
OTR Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path
active 542 13-132
OTR ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542
13-11
OTR Optical Receiver Overload 542
13-133
OTR Optical System Identifier
Mismatch 542 13-142
OTR OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542
13-11
OTR OPU-PTI Mismatch 542 13-13
OTR OTU Loss of Frame 542 13-84
OTR OTU Loss of Multiframe 542 13-143
OTR Overhead Link Failure 542 13-145
OTR Path Lockout Active 542 13-151
OTR Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 13-152
OTR Pre-Fec Signal Fail 542 13-155
OTR Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not
Master index 4-11
alarms (continued)
OTR Remote Automatic Laser
Shutdown 542 13-158
OTR Remote Failure Indication 542
13-160
OTR Remote Fault 542 13-164
OTR Rx Loss of Synchronization 542
13-166
OTR Section/RS DCC Overhead Link
Failure 542 13-145
OTR Surrogate Alarm Indication
Signal 542 13-171
OTR TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542
13-172
OTR TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542
13-181, 542 29-379
OTR TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542
13-187, 542 29-385
OTR TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542
13-190, 542 29-389
OTR Transceiver Degrade 542 13-194
OTR Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542
13-196
OTR Tx High Bit Error Rate 542 13-197
OTR Tx High Optical Power 542 13-204,
542 29-403
OTR Tx High Optical Power Warning 542
13-204, 542 29-403
OTR Tx Local Fault 542 13-82
OTR Tx Loss of Frame 542 13-201
OTR Tx Loss of Synchronization 542
13-212
OTR Tx Low Optical Power 542 13-208
OTR Tx Low Optical Power Warning 542
13-208
OTR Tx Remote Failure Indication 542
13-217
OTR Tx Remote Fault 542 13-164
OTR Unassigned Optical System
OTR Unknown Circuit Pack 542 13-222
OTR Wavelength Is Not Provisioned 542
13-228
OTRSFPLS Automatic Laser
Shutdown 542 13-306, 542 29-16
OTRSFPLS Autoprovisioning Mismatch-
alarms (continued)
OTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Failed -
OTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Mismatch-
OTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Missing -
OTRSFPLS Inter-card Communication
OTRSFPLS Unknown Circuit Pack -
OTRXFP Alarm Indication Signal 542
13-229
OTRXFP Client Service Mismatch 542
13-237
OTRXFP GFP Remote Failure
OTRXFP High Bit Error Rate 542 13-45
OTRXFP Local Fault 542 13-248
OTRXFP Loss of Frame 542 13-250
OTRXFP Loss of Frame Delineation 542
13-260
OTRXFP Loss of Lock 542 13-261
OTRXFP Loss of Synchronization 542
13-273
OTRXFP ODU Alarm Indication
Signal 542 13-229
OTRXFP ODU Backward Defect
OTRXFP OPU Alarm Indication
Signal 542 13-229
OTRXFP OPU Payload Type
Mismatch 542 13-282
OTRXFP OTU Backward Defect
OTRXFP OTU Loss of Frame 542 13-250
OTRXFP OTU Loss of Multiframe 542
13-256
OTRXFP Remote Failure Indication 542
13-284
OTRXFP Remote Fault 542 13-286
OTRXFP Rx Loss of Synchronization 542
13-166
OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Rx
High 542 13-288
OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Rx
Low 542 13-293
4-12 Master index
alarms (continued)
OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Tx
High 542 13-300
OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Tx
Low 542 13-303
OTRXFP Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542
13-196
OTRXFP Tx High Bit Error Rate 542
13-197
OTRXFP Tx Loss of Frame 542 13-201
OTRXFP Tx Loss of Synchronization 542
13-212
OTRXFP Tx Remote Failure
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Autoprovisioning
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Circuit Pack Failed -
pluggable 542 13-32
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Circuit Pack Mismatch-
Pluggable 542 13-230, 542 13-232
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Circuit Pack Missing -
OTRXFP/OTRSFP High Optical
Power 542 13-241, 542 29-393
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Inter-card
Communication Failure -
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Loss of Frame 542
13-250
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Loss of Signal 542
13-266
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Low Optical
Power 542 13-277, 542 29-397, 542
29-407
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Low Optical Power
Warning 542 29-397, 542 29-407
OTRXFP/OTRSFP Unknown Circuit Pack -
OTS Opt Trunk Sw operating on Standby
link 542 24-4
OTS Opt Trunk Sw Power AB fail 542
24-8
OTS Opt Trunk Sw Primary link
failure 542 24-6
OTS Opt Trunk Sw Standby link fail 542
24-9
alarms (continued)
OTU Backward Defect Indication 542
13-20
PBE 542 10-1
performance monitoring (PM) facility 542
15-7
Photonic Trunk Switch 542 26-1
print list 310 1-41
printing
alarm lists 310 1-41
event lists 310 1-30
related commands in TL1 190 11-1
saving alarm lists 310 1-40
security 542 22-1
Security Intrusion Attempt 542 22-3
Security Primary RADIUS Server
Unavailable 542 22-5
Security RADIUS Server(s)
Security Secondary RADIUS Server
security, clearing 310 2-29
sequence to clear alarms 542 3-1
Shelf 542 14-1
Shelf Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 14-7
Shelf Breaker A Tripped 542 14-9
Shelf Breaker B Tripped 542 14-9
Shelf Cooling Unit Failed/Missing 542
14-11
Shelf Data Recovery Failure 542 14-13
Shelf DNS Suffix Mismatch 542 14-16
Shelf Ethernet Port 10BaseT 1X
Failure 542 14-17
Shelf Ethernet Port 10BaseT 2X
Failure 542 14-19
Shelf Parallel Telemetry Scan Point 542
14-22
Shelf Power Feed A Low/Missing 542
14-27
Shelf Power Feed B Low/Missing 542
14-27
shelf restarts 542 3-2
Shelf SBUS Failure 542 14-29
Shelf Software Library Missing 542 14-30
Shelf Software Library Transfer
Incomplete 542 14-32
Master index 4-13
alarms (continued)
Shelf Software Upgrade in Progress 542
14-33
Shelf Temperature Out of Range 542
14-34
Shelf Temperature Out of Range
Warning 542 14-36
Shelf VAC Failed/Missing 542 14-38
SP 542 14-1
SP Database Backup Failure 542 14-39
SP Database Restore Failure 542 14-40
SP Intrasite Communication Failure 542
14-41, 542 14-43
SP Software Below Baseline 542 14-45
TPT 542 20-1
TPT Optical Tray Mismatch 542 20-3
TPT Optical Tray Missing 542 20-6
TPT Unknown Circuit Pack 542 20-8
types 542 3-2
visual indicators 542 3-2
VOA Optical Tray Mismatch 542 21-3
VOA Optical Tray Missing 542 21-6
VOA Unknown Circuit Pack 542 21-8
alerts and shelf restarts 542 3-2
ALR. See automatic laser recovery
ALS. See automatic laser shutdown
ALW-DBREPT-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-4
ALW-LOG-SECU, TL1 security and
administration commands, ETS
Comms module 190 17-15
ALW-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands,
ETS Comms module 190 17-54
ALW-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands,
ETS Switch module 190 18-20
ALW-MSG-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-4
ALW-MSG-SECU, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-5
ALW-MSG-SECU, TL1 security and
ALW-PMREPT-ALL, TL1 performance
monitoring commands 190 10-8
ALW-PMREPT-EQPT, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-GFSRM, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-MOTR, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-12
ALW-PMREPT-OCI, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-OCLD, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-OFA, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-OTR, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-18
ALW-PMREPT-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
ALW-PMREPT-SRM, TL1 performance
ALW-UPSN, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-6
ALW-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
administration commands 190 2-6
ALW-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
amplification
about 110 3-126
link engineering 110 5-8
amplified networks, equalizing 222 2-1
amplified spans 110 7-14
amplifier band average channel power,
about 222 2-11
amplifiers
about 110 2-14
band restrictions 110 7-13
cascading 222 2-15
configurations 222 2-13
receive power 110 7-13
4-14 Master index
APBE alarms
APBE Performance Monitoring Timer
Failed 542 12-29
Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 12-5
Band Alarm Indication Signal 542 12-9
Circuit Pack Failed 542 12-11
Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 12-5
Circuit Pack Missing 542 12-12
Facility Out of Service - Optical Signal
Failure 542 12-14
High Optical Power, Tx 542 12-46
Incomplete Provisioning 542 12-16
Inter-card Communication Failure 542
12-18
Invalid Provisioning 542 12-20
Loss of Signal 542 12-22
Low Optical Power Warning, Tx 542
12-48
Low Optical Power, Tx 542 12-48
Optical Signal Failure 542 12-24
Power Out of Range High 542 12-31
Power Out of Range Low 542 12-33
Rx Low Optical Power Warning, Rx 542
12-35
Target Power Not Attainable High 542
12-37
Target Power Not Attainable Low 542
12-38
TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 12-39
TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 12-41
TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 12-44
Unexpected Input Power Change 542
12-51
APBE circuit pack
about 102 13-1
connecting to OFA 221 3-64
direction, location, and OFA type,
provisioning 310 3-150
faceplates 102 13-3
function and features 102 13-1
location 102 13-4
loopbacks 102 13-3
Network Modeling Tool 222 2-14
ordering 110 13-96
APBE circuit pack (continued)
port assignments 222 2-14, 310 3-5
power targets 222 2-14
provisioning target power (using
SLEC) 222 2-128
re-equalizing optical power of a band 222
2-124, 222 2-134
removing service from a band 222 2-122
replacing 546 3-94
threshold values for PM 180 2-179
types 102 13-1
applications using patch panel 102 23-1
APPLY, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-7
APS protection switching 110 3-102
ARP server, IP addressing in the
commissioning wizard 220 3-23
Arrange Shelves window 101 7-130
attenuator
components 110 2-16
fixed 110 3-143
OFA input, installing 221 3-329
OFA output, installing 221 3-331
OMX, installing at drop port of CWDM or
DWDM OMX 221 3-316
OMX, installing at OTS IN port of ITU
CWDM OMX 221 3-322
ordering 110 13-111
OSC tray, installing 221 3-333
authentication header (AH), IPSec 110 11-16
automatic laser recovery
disabling 310 1-123
enabling 310 1-123
automatic laser shutdown
about 101 6-20
alarm strategy 101 6-23
configurations 101 6-23
disabling 310 1-122
enabling 310 1-122
example 101 6-24
protection 101 6-23
Auto-negotiation and pause details
autonomous messages, TL1 interface 190
13-1
Master index 4-15
B
backbone
connecting OCLD or OTR at OMX-less
sites 221 3-291
connecting OCLD or OTRs to patch panel at
OMX-less sites 221 3-296
connecting patch panel to backbone at
connecting to site 221 3-270
interconnecting enhanced trunk switches
through 221 3-280
through (patch panel) 221 3-285
interconnecting optical trunk switches
through 221 3-274
through (patch panel) 221 3-285
backup, shelf
configuration data 310 1-105
TL1 procedure 190 15-2
baffle, air 102 1-15
band
allocation worksheet 110 9-4
equalization 110 3-134
linear configuration 110 5-14
ring configuration 110 5-13
bin counts
historical counts 101 3-31
intervals 101 3-31
BIP
5100 shelf rating 180 1-5
5200 shelf rating 180 1-4
connecting power 201 6-51, 201 6-55, 210
5-52
installing 210 4-22
NTK599DA installing 201 4-55
NTN458RA installing 201 4-48
BIP (NTK599DA)
connecting power, front access) 201 6-63
connecting power, rear access 201 6-66
return/ground bridge 201 4-59
BIP installation/grounding kit
(NTK599ZX) 201 4-55
BIP/FIP 20A breaker kit, installing 201 4-53
blank filler cards 201 8-20, 210 7-21
bootloader, upgrading
PC 546 3-116
Preside 546 3-122
Solaris 546 3-119
brackets, vertical optical fiber 102 1-14
breaker interface panel. See BIP
bridged linear and ring topology 110 3-33
bridged linear topology 110 3-30
bridged ring topology 110 3-31
buffer. See event buffers
C
C&L dual splitter/coupler, installing 210
4-81
C&L splitter/coupler
about 110 2-10
installing 201 4-112
ordering 110 13-107
replacing 546 2-137
routing fibers 201 9-122
straddled vs bookended 110 3-157
C&L splitter/coupler alarms
Optical Signal Failure (Rx) 542 17-3
C&L splitter/coupler tray
about 102 17-1
3-39
connectors 102 17-3
location 102 17-3
replacing 546 2-130
cables
data communications 102 21-37
Ethernet 102 21-2
Ethernet cross-over 201 7-32, 210 6-18
fiber optic
labeling 201 9-5, 210 8-6
labeling in an OFA installation kit 201
9-12
fiber optic patch cords 102 21-2
4-16 Master index
cables (continued)
interconnect 102 21-1
labeling 201 9-5, 210 8-6
labeling in an OFA installation kit 201
9-12
peripheral, installing 201 7-1, 210 6-1
pinout specifications 180 1-12
pinouts 201 7-33, 201 7-39, 210 6-19, 210
6-23
routing optical fiber 201 9-27, 210 8-20
routing optical fiber for the Muxponder
circuit pack 201 9-30, 210 8-23
cables and patch cords, Extended Metro
DWDM solution 102 33-4
CANC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-5
CANC, TL1 autonomous messages, ETS
CANC-PROV, TL1 security and
CANC-USER, TL1 security and
CANC-USER, TL1 security and
CANC-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
card level parameters, performance
monitoring 101 7-149
cascaded amplifiers 110 7-14
C-band
channels 110 7-13
spectrum 110 1-18
traffic, ECT 201 4-150
CD-ROM
contents 220 1-1
downloading software from (Solaris) 220
1-26
downloading software from
(Windows) 220 1-7
center wavelength frequencies 180 2-79
central office alarms. See COTEL interface
central office alarms. See COTEL interface
centralized equalization
about 110 2-15, 222 2-1
with APBE 222 2-14
centralized security administration
about 110 11-37
attributes, setting 310 2-19
chained topology
connecting shelves using integrated
Ethernet switch on eSP 201 7-43, 210
6-26
challenge/response
about 110 11-45
application, ordering 110 13-169
shared secret, changing 310 2-27
channel assignments
about 110 3-4
compatibility 180 3-1
converting a protected to an unprotected
Muxponder path 310 3-263
OCLD path 310 3-249
OTR path 310 3-255
creating in TL1 190 6-1
deleting 310 3-59
Gigabit Ethernet 110 3-5
manual switch 310 3-219
pass-through 310 3-39
protected 310 3-39
querying 310 1-55
System Manager 101 1-4
unprotected 310 3-39
viewing 101 7-95
Channel Assignments window 101 7-95, 101
7-98
CHK-HLTH, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-9
CHK-HLTH-REPT, TL1 security and
CHK-PROV, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-11
chromatic dispersion 110 5-2
circuit packs
about 102 4-1
adding facilities 310 3-98
amplifiers 110 2-14
APBE circuit pack 102 13-1
autoprovisioning 310 3-18
channel assignment 110 2-8
client side, about 110 2-2
Master index 4-17
circuit packs (continued)
deleting facilities 310 3-94
filler cards 102 14-1, 180 2-182
indicator lamp functionality 102 4-27
inserting filler cards 201 8-19, 210 7-21
inserting in an Optical Metro 5100
shelf 210 7-3
inserting in an Optical Metro 5200
shelf 201 8-3
installing 201 8-1, 210 7-1
an ETS Comms module 201 8-6, 210
7-8
an ETS Switch module 201 8-8, 210
7-10
interaction 102 4-3
line side, about 110 2-4
locking out an active path 310 3-209, 310
3-214
manual provisioning 310 3-25
Muxponder 102 8-1
OCI 102 5-1
OCLD 102 6-1
OCM 102 9-1
OCM circuit pack 102 9-1
OFA circuit pack 102 12-1
OSC 102 10-1
OSC circuit pack 102 10-1
OTR 102 7-1
power consumption 180 6-1, 180 6-7
preventing damage 201 1-38, 210 1-37
provisioning, about 310 3-1
putting facilities in-service 310 3-74
putting in-service 310 3-67
replacing 546 3-1
reseating 310 3-267
seating in an Optical Metro 5100 shelf 220
3-53
seating in an Optical Metro 5200 shelf 220
3-47
shelf processor 110 2-8
SP or eSP circuit pack 102 11-1
supported by Optical Metro
5100/5200 102 4-2
taking facilities out-of-service 310 3-90
taking out-of-service 310 3-69
tunable laser 102 4-31
cleaning
adapter housings 201 10-15, 210 9-16
assessing cleanliness of fiber end 201
10-24, 210 9-25
FC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201
10-7, 210 9-8
LC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201
10-7, 210 9-8
MPO connectors 201 10-13, 210 9-14
MT-RJ connectors 201 10-11, 210 9-12
optical connectors 201 10-15, 210 9-16
SC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201
10-7, 210 9-8
SFP adapter housing 201 10-19, 210 9-20
zones 201 10-1, 210 9-1
clearing alarms
1310 nm splitter/coupler alarms 542 19-1
APBE alarms 542 12-1
C&L splitter/coupler alarms 542 17-1
discrete VOA 542 21-1, 542 25-1
ECT alarms 542 10-1
EIU alarms 542 18-1
enhanced trunk switch 542 23-1
MOTR alarms 542 29-1
OCI alarms 542 5-1
OCI SRM alarms 542 5-1
OCI SRM GbE/FC alarms 542 6-1
OCLD alarms 542 8-1
OCM alarms 542 7-1
OFA alarms 542 11-1
OME1110 542 27-3
OME6500 40G alarms 542 28-1
OMX alarms 542 9-1
optical trunk switch 542 24-1
OSC alarms 542 16-1
OTR alarms 542 13-1
PBE alarms 542 10-1
performance monitoring (PM) alarms 542
15-1
security alarms 542 22-1
shelf alarms 542 14-1
SP alarms 542 14-1
transponder protection tray alarms 542
20-1
client management frames 110 3-96
Client to Line Side Path Mapping
window 101 7-108
4-18 Master index
client-side
circuit packs, about 110 2-2
conditioning 102 4-9
definition 110 1-3
clock reference
OCI SRM SONET/SDH
manual switching 310 3-240
settings, changing 310 1-112
OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE
clock synchronization
about 110 4-49
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT
circuit pack 110 4-55
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s OTN
4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack 110
4-58
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit
pack 110 4-49
Muxponder circuit pack 102 8-83
OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack 110 4-49
OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE circuit
pack 110 4-50
CLR-ALM-SECU, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-6
CMMT-PROV, TL1 security and
CO alarm system. See COTEL interface
coherent cross-talk 110 5-6
collecting logs, System Manager 310 10-4
commissioning
assigning IP addresses 220 3-1
configuring DHCP 220 3-4
connecting locally to uncommissioned
shelf 220 3-4
determining software location on your
PC 220 3-58, 220 3-59
DHCP address 220 3-21
Enhanced Trunk Switch 220 4-1
ETS 220 4-1
ETS, sequence 220 4-3
from backup file 220 3-29
Optical Multiservice Edge 1110 220 6-1
Photonic Trunk Switch 220 5-1, 220 5-3
preparing to 220 2-5, 220 2-8
commissioning (continued)
seating circuit packs 220 3-47, 220 3-53
sequence for commissioning a shelf 220
2-3
sequence for OME1110 220 6-2
using the Commissioning Wizard 220 3-8
Commissioning Wizard
about 101 1-1
date and time 101 1-2
network name 101 1-1
shelf addressing 101 1-2
shelf name 101 1-1
shelf surveillance 101 1-2
site name 101 1-1
using to commission shelves 220 3-8
common bonding network (CBN) 201 3-14,
210 3-14
100 GHz center wavelengths 110 1-19,
180 2-80
50 GHz center wavelengths 110 1-19, 180
2-80
data communications in Optical Metro
5100/5200 networks 110 10-51
communication ports 110 10-78
Communications window 101 7-112
compatibility
channel assignment 180 3-1
client-side circuit packs 180 3-16
line-side circuit packs 180 3-8
requirements 180 3-1
component handling precautions 201 1-38,
210 1-37, 222 1-4, 542 1-5, 542 4-5
components, preparing to connect 221 2-1
concatenation, OCI SRM GbE/FC,
configuration
backing up data 310 1-105
changing for shelf 310 1-79, 310 1-91, 310
4-12
restoring data 310 1-108
TL1 interface 190 1-8
Configuration window 101 7-110
configuring System Manager. See System
Manager
Master index 4-19
connecting
1310 nm splitter/coupler to optical
components 221 3-48
ABPE to OFA 221 3-64
C&L splitter/coupler to optical
components 221 3-39
discrete VOA to OFA 221 3-68
DSCM trays to optical components 221
3-305
east and west OMX modules 221 3-8
ECT to optical components 221 3-52
enhanced trunk switch to optical
components 221 3-109
ground wire to the shelf 201 4-44, 210
4-19
through the backbone 221 3-280, 221
3-285
through the backbone 221 3-274
through the backbone (patch
panel) 221 3-285
intershelf communications 201 7-32
making pass-through connections on 10G
OTR 221 3-176
making pass-through connections on 10G
OTR Enhanced 221 3-184
multiple OMXs 221 3-8
Muxponder circuit packs to subtending
equipment through transponder
protection tray 221 3-346
OCI SRM ESCON through patch
panel 221 3-208
OCI SRM GbE circuit pack to subtending
equipment 221 3-219
OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack to
subtending equipment 221 3-219
OCI SRM through patch panel 221 3-199,
221 3-231
OCI to subtending equipment 221 3-193,
221 3-225
OCLD or OTR to backbone at OMX-less
sites 221 3-291, 221 3-296, 221 3-302
OFA at intermediate sites 221 3-86
OFA filler cards to other components 221
3-79
connecting (continued)
OFA to downstream components 221 3-72
OMX 16CH DWDM (C band) to OMX
16CH DWDM (L band) 221 3-35
OMX to LC filler cards 221 3-150
OMX to Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC
circuit packs 221 3-138
OMX to OCLD circuit packs 221 3-113
OMX to OCLD filler cards 221 3-150
OMX to OTR circuit packs 221 3-127
OMXs to optical components 221 3-28
optical trunk switch to optical
components 221 3-109
OSC monitoring site 221 3-90
OSC tray to OSC circuit pack 221 3-97
OSC trays to optical components 221 3-93
OTR circuit pack to subtending
equipment 221 3-159
OTR circuit packs to subtending equipment
through transponder protection
tray 221 3-166
PBE to OFA 221 3-60
power leads to a shelf 201 6-5
power leads to Optical Metro 5100 AC
shelf 210 5-19
power leads to Optical Metro 5100 DC
shelf 210 5-6
shelf alarms 201 7-4, 210 6-5
site to backbone 221 3-270
telemetry alarms 201 7-4
telemetry equipment 210 6-5
to a data communications networks 201
7-57, 210 6-35
to the Ethernet hub 201 7-32
WSC ports to subtending equipment 221
3-102
connectors
10Base-T 180 1-9
1310 nm splitter/coupler tray 102 30-2
1310 nm splitter/coupler tray,
accessing 221 1-50
1U APRS rectifier 102 22-10
assessing cleanliness of fiber end 201
10-24, 210 9-25
C&L splitter/coupler tray 102 17-3
4-20 Master index
connectors (continued)
C&L splitter/coupler tray, accessing 221
1-47
cleaning
FC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201
10-7, 210 9-8
LC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201
10-7, 210 9-8
MPO connectors 201 10-13, 210 9-14
MT-RJ connectors 201 10-11, 210 9-12
optical fiber 201 10-2, 210 9-2
SC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201
10-7, 210 9-8
zones 201 10-1, 210 9-1
COTEL 180 1-14
discrete VOA 102 32-3
accessing 221 1-63, 221 1-71
DSCM tray, accessing 221 1-71
ECT 102 18-5
accessing 221 1-44
eight-channel ITU CWDM OMX,
accessing 221 1-30, 221 1-34
equipment inventory unit 102 31-2
Ethernet hub 102 20-1
Extended Metro DWDM solution DSCM
tray 102 33-4
OMX (Standard) 102 15-15
accessing 221 1-3
OMX 16CH DWDM, accessing 221 1-34
OMX 1CH CWDM 102 15-21
OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM,
accessing 221 1-21
OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager,
accessing 221 1-8
OMX 4CH ITU CWDM 102 15-26
accessing 221 1-25
OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDM,
accessing 221 1-25
OMX modules 102 15-15
OSC tray 102 16-7
OSC, accessing 221 1-39
patch panel, accessing 221 1-67
connectors (continued)
PBE 102 19-6
accessing 221 1-59
quad-band CWDM OMX, accessing 221
1-16
single-band CWDM OMX, accessing 221
1-12
transponder protection tray 102 24-6
accessing 221 1-54
continuity test
Muxponder client-side to Muxponder
client-side 542 4-13
Muxponder to OMX 542 4-21
OCI to OCLD 542 4-13
OCI to OMX 542 4-21
OCLD or OTR line-side 542 4-8
OTR client-side to OTR client-side 542
4-13
OTR to OMX 542 4-21
conventional band. See C-band
cooling unit
about 102 1-5
air filter 102 1-5
connectors 102 1-6
fan speeds 102 1-5
grill 102 1-14
location 102 1-6
product engineering code 102 1-6
replacing
5100 shelf 546 2-19
5200 shelf 546 2-15
COPY-RFILE, TL1 security and
correlating FEC-CEs to Pre-FEC BER (dBQ
reference), performance
monitoring 310 7-1
COTEL card, about 102 1-11
COTEL interface
about 102 1-11, 201 7-4
connecting shelf alarms and telemetry
equipment 201 7-4
connectors 180 1-14
Enhanced Trunk Switch alarms,
connecting 201 7-26, 210 6-40
Master index 4-21
COTEL interface (continued)
Optical Trunk Switch alarms,
connecting 201 7-22, 210 6-37
cross-connect commands, TL1 interface 190
6-1
crossover, Ethernet cable 201 7-57, 210 6-35
cross-talk 110 7-22
customer user class 101 6-7
D
data communications
about 110 10-2
assigning IP addresses to Ethernet port 310
1-71
cables 102 21-37
cables, ordering 110 13-168
channel characteristics 110 10-45
channel costs 110 10-45
considerations 110 10-51
configuration examples 110 10-29
dual GNEs and OSPF backbone 110
10-33
dual GNEs and SNMP proxy 110 10-42
multiple GNEs and BGP 110 10-38
single GNE 110 10-29
configuring DHCP 220 1-38, 220 3-4
connecting to network 201 7-57, 210 6-35
DNS proxy service
disabling 310 1-74
enabling 310 1-74
setting 310 1-76
engineering 110 10-24
engineering guidelines 110 10-44
external 110 10-10
externally visible addresses 110 10-22
FAQ 110 10-27
internal 110 10-3
internal IP addresses 110 10-21
IP addressing 110 10-19
management protocols 110 10-17
network 201 7-57, 210 6-35
data communications (continued)
OME6500 40G integration 110 4-42
configuration guidelines 110 10-58
limitations/known issues 110 10-75
network design considerations 110
10-55
overview 110 10-54
setting with the System Manager 310 1-68
subnet mask 110 10-20
System Manager IP addresses 310 1-3
date and time, ETS 220 4-17
date, setting 310 1-57
DC outputs
1U AC rectifier 201 6-38
DCN. See data communications
decommissioning, shelf 310 4-3
default gateway address, description 220
3-22
deleting
channel assignments 310 3-59
circuit packs from the inventory 310 3-72
path assignments 310 3-66
shelf 310 4-9
deployment rules for network topologies 110
3-37
DHCP address, commissioning 220 3-21
dimensions, shelf 180 1-5
disabling
facility TCA notification, PM
procedures 310 7-23
facility TCA reporting, PM
procedures 310 7-25
intrasite fault sectionalization 310 3-161
discrete VOA
about 102 32-1
accessing connectors 221 1-63, 221 1-71
alarms, clearing 542 21-1, 542 25-1, 542
26-1
connect to OFA 221 3-68
connectors 102 32-3
drawer, replacing 546 2-218
location 102 32-3
ordering 110 13-97
4-22 Master index
discrete VOA (continued)
replacing VOA module in drawer 546
2-212
routing fibers 201 9-126, 210 8-90
types 102 32-1
discrete VOA alarms
dispersion
limit 110 7-35
penalty 110 7-29
distributed equalization
about 110 2-15, 222 2-1
equalizing newly installed amplified
networks 222 2-56
diverse route topology, Muxponder circuit
packs 110 3-75, 110 3-87
DLT-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-5
DLT-BANNER, TL1 security and
DLT-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-5
DLT-CRS-PATH, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-7
DLT-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190
4-2
DLT-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-6
DLT-IPSEC-PLCY, TL1 security and
DLT-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-7
DLT-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-8
DLT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-8
DLT-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-9
DLT-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190
5-10
DLT-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-11
DLT-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-11
DLT-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-12
DLT-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-13
DLT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-13
DLT-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-14
DLT-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-15
DLT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
DLT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
DLT-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-15
DNS proxy service
disabling 310 1-74
enabling 310 1-74
setting 310 1-76
documentation
ordering 110 13-170
overview 090 1-1
downloading software. See software
drawer with tray assemblies, routing
fiber 201 9-22, 210 8-15
drawers. See equipment drawer
DSCM
about 102 33-1, 110 2-22
cables and optical patch cords 102 33-4
connectors 102 33-4
installing 210 4-78
latency specifications 180 2-197
location 102 33-5
ordering 110 13-100
physical description 102 33-1
routing fibers 201 9-130, 210 8-94
topologies
Extended Metro DWDM 110 3-160
line amplifier 110 3-164
receiver 110 3-161
transmitter 110 3-160
DSCM alarms
DSCM drawer 102 33-2
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
Master index 4-23
DSCM tray 102 33-3
replacing 546 2-227
dual density fibering method, about 110
3-123
dual filter drawer, installing 201 4-112, 210
4-56
dual hub and spoke topology 110 3-31
DWDM OMX, installing an attenuator at add
port 221 3-311
DWDM-OM5000 100 GHz centre
wavelengths 101 7-37
DWDM-OM5000 200 GHz centre
wavelengths 101 7-37
E
ECT
about 102 18-1
C-band traffic 201 4-150
connect to optical components 221 3-52
connectors 102 18-5
faceplate 102 18-2
installing in a drawer 201 4-150
L-band traffic 201 4-150
location 102 18-5
miniature VOA 201 4-150
OTS input and output adapters 201 4-150
replacing 546 2-143
types 102 18-2
ECT/PBE alarms
ED-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-16
ED-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-8
ED-CRS-OC12, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-18
commands 190 6-26
commands 190 6-21
commands 190 6-15
commands 190 6-23
ED-DAT, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-17
ED-DAT, TL1 security and administration
17-21
ED-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190
4-3
ED-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
ED-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
Switch module 190 18-6
ED-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-17
ED-IKE-PLCY, TL1 security and
ED-IP, TL1 system commands 190 3-3
ED-IP-BGP, TL1 system commands 190 3-8
ED-IP-DNS, TL1 system commands 190
3-10
ED-IP-NAT, TL1 system commands 190
3-11
ED-IP-OSPF, TL1 system commands 190
3-13
ED-IPSEC-PLCY, TL1 security and
ED-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-19
ED-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-21, 190 5-24
ED-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-24
ED-NE-CFG, TL1 system commands 190
3-17
ED-NE-FEAT, TL1 system commands 190
3-20
4-24 Master index
ED-NE-NAME, TL1 system commands 190
3-22
ED-OC, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
ED-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-24
ED-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190 5-25
ED-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-26
ED-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-26
ED-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-27
ED-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-28
ED-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility commands 190
5-29
ED-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-29
ED-PID, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-23
ED-PID, TL1 security and administration
17-22
ED-SECU-PID, TL1 security and
ED-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-31
ED-TCA-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-20
ED-TCA-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-21
ED-TCA-GFSRM, TL1 performance
ED-TCA-MOTR, TL1 performance
ED-TCA-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
monitoring commands 190 10-30,
190 10-34
ED-TCA-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-36
ED-TCA-OCLD, TL1 performance
ED-TCA-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-39
ED-TCA-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-40
ED-TCA-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
ED-TCA-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
ED-TCA-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
ED-TCA-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-50
ED-USER-CMNTY, TL1 security and
ED-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
ED-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
ED-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-32
eight-channel ITU CWDM OMX, accessing
connectors 221 1-30, 221 1-34
EIU alarms
Equipment Inventory Unit Mismatch 542
18-4
Equipment Inventory Unit
Missing/Failed 542 18-6
EMC, regulatory labels 180 5-10
enabling
facility TCA notification, PM
procedures 310 7-23
facility TCA reporting, PM
procedures 310 7-25
intrasite sectionalization 310 3-158
encapsulating security payload (ESP),
IPSec 110 11-18
encapsulation types, OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102
7-19
Enhanced Trunk Switch. See also ETS
about 110 3-140
commissioning sequence 220 4-3
connecting alarms 201 7-26, 210 6-40
connecting power leads 210 5-45
ETS Comms module
communicating locally 310 8-6
communicating remotely 310 8-8
date and time, changing 310 8-14
Ethernet port parameters, changing 310
8-12
logging out 310 8-15
password, changing 310 8-10
TID, changing 310 8-13
Master index 4-25
Enhanced Trunk Switch (continued)
ETS Switch module
active path, setting 310 8-4
operating and switching modes,
setting 310 8-18
operating mode to manual, setting 310
8-3
reference power level, setting 310 8-5
grounding 210 5-45
installing 201 4-91, 210 4-44
interconnecting through the backbone 221
3-280
interconnecting through the backbone
(patch panel) 221 3-285
OAM&P 310 8-1
ordering 110 13-104
protection switch
operating 310 8-20
releasing 310 8-21
remote management using Ethernet 1X
port 110 10-76
routing fibers 201 9-112, 210 8-102
security features 110 11-55
shelf, connecting 201 7-54, 210 6-32
switching time 180 4-5
ENT-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190
5-32
ENT-CHALLENGE-RESPONSE, TL1
security and administration
commands 190 2-27
ENT-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-28
ENT-CRS-OC12, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-37
commands 190 6-42
commands 190 6-39
commands 190 6-34
commands 190 6-40
ENT-CRS-PATH, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-44
ENT-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190
4-6
ENT-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-33
ENT-IPSEC-PLCY, TL1 security and
ENT-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190
5-34
ENT-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-35
ENT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-37
ENT-NE-CFG, TL1 system commands 190
3-23
ENT-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-38
ENT-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190
5-38
ENT-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-39
ENT-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-40
ENT-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-41
ENT-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-42
ENT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-43
ENT-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-44
ENT-RMT-USER, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-44
ENT-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-45
ENT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
ENT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
ENT-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-46
environment
commands, TL1 interface 190 12-1
humidity 180 1-2
temperature limits 180 1-2
EQ-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-47
EQ-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-48
4-26 Master index
equalization
about 110 3-134
amplified networks, about 222 2-1
centralized 110 2-15, 110 3-135
centralized, with APBE 222 2-14
components 110 2-15
distributed 110 2-15, 110 3-135
fixed pad attenuators 110 3-143
newly installed amplified networks 222
2-21
newly installed amplified networks that use
distributed equalization 222 2-56
newly installed amplified system or
Extended Metro system (using
SLEC) 222 2-47
newly installed Extended Metro amplified
networks 222 2-34
phases 222 2-7
re-equalizing optical power of a band 222
2-124, 222 2-134
taking a band out-of-service 222 2-122
equalizer coupler tray. See ECT
equipment
common bonding network (CBN) 201
3-14, 210 3-14
grounding 201 3-14, 210 3-14
installing 201 4-1
isolated bonding network (IBN) 201 3-14,
210 3-14
performance monitoring 101 3-72
PM query result details 101 7-144
positions in rack or cabinet 210 4-6
replacing 546 2-1
equipment access identifiers (AIDs)
(TL1) 190 1-16
equipment commands, TL1 interface 190 4-1
equipment drawer
connecting east and west OMXs 221 3-8
cross-connecting OMXs 221 3-22
ECT, installing 201 4-150
grounding 201 4-112, 210 4-56
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
installing additional 201 4-140
equipment drawer (continued)
locking clip
non-spring-loaded (beige) 201 9-56,
210 8-41, 210 8-48
spring-loaded (red) 201 9-57, 210 8-42,
210 8-48
equipment inventory unit (EIU)
about 102 31-1, 110 2-22
connecting
passive devices 201 7-75, 210 6-58
connecting passive devices 201 7-83, 210
6-63
connecting power 201 6-70, 210 5-61
connecting to the maintenance panel 201
7-87, 210 6-67
connectors 102 31-2
grounding 210 4-84
installing 201 4-132, 210 4-84
location 102 31-3
ordering 110 13-104
replacing 546 2-223
Equipment protection, forced switch 310
3-217
equipment rack
EIA mounting brackets 102 3-5
examples 110 12-53, 110 12-57, 110 12-59
fiber bend radius 110 12-51
floor area, preparing 201 3-3, 210 3-3
front-mounting 201 4-29, 210 4-16
grounding 201 3-14, 210 3-14
installation sequence 110 12-50
installing 102 3-4, 201 3-1, 210 3-1
layout 110 12-48
mid-mounting 201 4-36, 210 4-16
peripheral space requirements 110 12-47
positioning 110 12-48
securing 201 3-6, 210 3-6
upgrade plans 110 12-51
use of space 110 12-50
worksheet 110 12-52
Equipment window 101 7-49
Master index 4-27
cables 110 12-43
CWDM OMX 110 12-36
CWDM single-band 110 12-36
DSCM 110 12-38
DWDM OMX 110 12-34
ECT 110 12-38
environment 110 12-2
equipment racks 110 12-45
Ethernet hubs 110 12-43
examples of sites 110 12-53, 110 12-57,
110 12-59
fiber bend radius 110 12-51
fiber characterization 110 12-4
fiber manager 110 12-41
floor space 110 12-4
installation sequence 110 12-50
ITU CWDM OMX 110 12-36
NEBS shelf extension 110 12-45
OMX 16CH DWDM 110 12-35
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 110 12-35
OMX 4CH and Fiber Manager 110 12-35
OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz 110 12-35
OMX 4CH Enhanced 110 12-35
OSC 110 12-38
patch panels 110 12-41
PBE 110 12-38
power 110 12-3
quad-band CWDM OMX 110 12-36
rack positions 201 4-9
rectifiers 110 12-43
slot configurations
5100 110 12-12
5200 110 12-4
splitter/coupler trays 110 12-38
upgrade plans 110 12-51
error codes, TL1 interface 190 14-1
error messages
internal 542 3-25 to 542 3-32
operational 542 3-21 to 542 3-25
ESD
dissipating static electricity 201 1-37, 210
1-36
ground, port on maintenance panel 102
1-12
grounding lug 102 1-7
protection 201 4-44
establishing a connection, TL1 interface 190
1-26, 190 1-30
Ethernet
configure connection (Windows) 220 1-29
intrasite communications 110 10-5
port 2 access control 110 10-8
port on maintenance panel 102 1-13
port pinouts 180 1-11
provisioning
port 1 IP forwarding 310 1-66
port 2 access control 310 1-63
port alarms 310 1-60
Ethernet cable
crossover 201 7-57, 210 6-35
maximum length 180 1-12
ordering 110 13-115
product engineering codes 102 21-2
Optical Metro 5100 shelf 210 6-2, 210
6-21
types 102 21-2, 110 13-115
Ethernet hub
about 102 20-1, 110 2-22
connecting power 201 6-67, 210 5-58
connections 201 7-32
connectors 102 20-1
in point-to-point network 210 4-36
in ring network 210 4-36
installing 201 4-83, 210 4-36
intershelf messaging 201 7-37, 210 6-21
location 102 20-2
ordering 110 13-104
point-to-point network 201 4-83
power requirements 102 20-1
4-28 Master index
Ethernet hub (continued)
ring network 201 4-83
Ethernet port configuring, ETS Comms
module 220 4-11
Ethernet switch on eSP, intershelf
messaging 201 7-43, 210 6-26
ETS 102 26-1, 220 4-3
alarms, troubleshooting using TL1 542
23-15
applications 102 26-3
commissioning 220 4-1
Comms 102 26-8
Comms alarms
electrical failure supply A or B 542
23-13
Loss of power 542 23-14
Managed module raises a minor
alarm 542 23-13
Managed module raises a mj/cr
alarm 542 23-12
Module Failed 542 23-10
Module mounted in the wrong slot 542
23-11
changing the password 220 4-8
configuring the Ethernet port 220 4-11
installing in an ETS shelf 201 8-6, 210
7-8
logging in to 220 4-6, 220 4-15
logging out of 220 4-19
non-security alarms 190 16-11
reinitializing 220 4-14
replacing 546 2-175
security alarms 190 16-13
setting the TID 220 4-13
system security management 190 17-1
TL1 commands 190 17-1
TL1 messages 190 16-1
fan module
replacing 546 2-184
operation modes 102 26-3
routing fibers 201 9-112, 210 8-102
setting time and date 220 4-17
ETS (continued)
shelf 102 26-1
air filter, replacing 546 2-187
connecting 201 7-54, 210 6-32
fuses, replacing 546 2-189
shelf location 102 26-11
Switch alarms 102 26-10
Electrical power failure 542 23-22
No optical signal is present 542 23-20
Received Power High 542 23-19
Received Power Low 542 23-17
alarms 190 16-8
installing in an ETS shelf 201 8-8, 210
7-10
replacing 546 2-168
TL1 messages 190 16-1
ETSI rack
installing shelves in 201 5-1
replacing OME1110 module in 546 4-9
event buffers
clearing 310 1-31
viewing 310 1-27
event console
clearing 310 1-31
viewing 310 1-27
Event Console window 101 7-44
Event Details window 101 7-47
Event History window 101 7-46
event history, about 101 1-5
event lists
about 310 1-30
printing 310 1-30
event log
optical truck switch 542 3-18
saving 310 1-28
event reporting, SLEC 542 2-14
events
saving event log files 310 1-28
shelf restarts 542 3-2
types 542 3-2
viewing 310 1-27
viewing history 310 1-25
Master index 4-29
Extended Metro DWDM solution 222 2-16
application 102 33-1
cables and patch cords 102 33-4
DSCM drawer 102 33-2
DSCM signal flow 102 33-4
DSCM topologies 110 3-160
DSCM tray connectors 102 33-4
shelf location 102 33-5
external control, related commands in
TL1 190 12-1
external management, configuring in the
External Manager Entry window 101 7-128
external surveillance, configuring for a
shelf 310 4-16
F
Facilities window 101 7-69
facility
adding 310 3-98
adjusting PP threshold value, PM
procedures 310 7-27
changing state
in-service 310 3-74
out-of-service 310 3-90
deleting 310 3-94
information, viewing 101 7-49
performance parameters 101 3-31
PM query result details 101 7-147
putting WSC in-service 310 3-88
querying 310 1-54
resetting counts to zero, PM
procedures 310 7-17
resetting PP thresholds to default values,
PM procedures 310 7-29
viewing history counts, PM
procedures 310 7-16
facility access identifiers (AIDs) (TL1) 190
1-21
facility commands, TL1 interface 190 5-1
facility loopback commands TL1
interface 190 7-1
failed login attempt threshold 110 11-52
fan. See cooling unit
fault isolation
with alarms present 542 3-2
with no alarms present 542 1-3
fault sectionalization
about 101 2-1
intersite
about 101 2-1
fiber failure examples 101 2-5
incorrect reporting 101 2-4
OFA fault 101 2-3
OSC fiber break 101 2-3
OSC ports 101 2-5
intrasite
about 101 2-7
deployment rules 101 2-13
OFA sites 101 2-14
topologies 101 2-8
overview 101 2-1
troubleshooting 542 2-1
Fault window 101 7-42
FC connector, cleaning (simplex or
duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8
fiber
bend radius, about 110 12-51
cleaning connectors 201 10-15, 210 9-16
connecting to OME1110 201 5-17
managing 201 9-1, 210 8-1
non-linearities 110 5-6
pairs 110 3-117
patch cord
NT0H39AA 102 21-5
NT0H39AB 102 21-6
NT0H39AD 102 21-7
NT0H39AE 102 21-8
NT0H4319 102 21-9
NT0H4320 102 21-10
NT0H4321 102 21-11
NT0H4325 102 21-12
NT0H4326 102 21-13
NT0H4327 102 21-13
NT0H4328 102 21-14
NT0H4330 102 21-15
NT0H4331 102 21-16
NT0H4332 102 21-17
4-30 Master index
fiber (continued)
patch cord (continued)
NT0H4333 102 21-18
NT0H4343 102 21-19
NT0H4344 102 21-20
NT0H4346 102 21-21
NT0H4347 102 21-22
NT0H4348 102 21-22
NT0H4349 102 21-23
NT0H4381 102 21-24
NT0H4382 102 21-26
NT0H4383 102 21-27
NT0H4384 102 21-28
NT0H4385 102 21-29
NT0H4386 102 21-30
NT0H4387 102 21-30
NT0H4388 102 21-31
NT0H4389 102 21-31
NT0H4390 102 21-32
NT0H4391 102 21-32
NT0H4392 102 21-33
NT0H4393 102 21-33
NT0H4396 102 21-34
NT0H4398 102 21-34
NT0H43JC 102 21-35
NTTC53AT-NTTC53AY 102 21-36
routing in a drawer equipped with tray
assemblies 201 9-22, 210 8-15
routing in the fiber manager 201 9-17, 210
8-10
about 110 14-1
fiber optic transmission 110 14-2
tests 110 14-4
fiber management
about 201 9-1, 210 8-1
handling precautions 201 9-2, 201 10-4,
210 8-2, 210 9-5
fiber management trough, about 102 1-14
fiber manager
about 102 29-1
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
location 102 29-2
ordering 110 13-102
routing fiber 201 9-17, 210 8-10
fiber tool 201 10-4, 210 9-5
fiber. See also optical fiber
fibering topology and configuration
Fibre Channel, extended reach distances 180
2-198
field descriptions, System Manager 101 7-2
filler cards 201 8-19, 210 7-21
about 102 14-1
blank 102 14-2, 201 8-20, 210 7-21
for unused slots 102 14-2, 201 8-20, 210
7-21
inserting in shelf 201 8-19, 210 7-21
LC filler cards 102 14-2, 201 8-19, 210
7-21
location 102 14-2
OCLD filler cards 102 14-1, 201 8-19, 210
7-21
OFA filler cards 102 14-2, 201 8-20
ordering 110 13-82
pre-fibering 201 8-19, 210 7-21
rules for using 201 8-22, 210 7-22
types 180 2-182
filters
replacing
5100 shelf 546 2-11
5200 shelf 546 2-8
fixed value link engineering
OMX fibering methods 110 8-7
performing for CWDM and DWDM
networks 110 8-7
work flow 110 8-3
flow control, OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-22
force switch
on OCM circuit packs 310 3-217
removing a path switch 310 3-189
removing from an OCM 310 3-224
frame filler panels, ordering 110 13-168
frames, ordering 110 13-168
front-mounting without vertical fiber
brackets 201 4-34, 201 4-37
front-mounting, holes on a shelf 201 4-13
fuse panel (NTK599EA)
connecting power, front access 201 6-63
connecting power, rear access 201 6-66
return/ground bridge 201 4-59
Master index 4-31
fuses, replacing on ETS shelf 546 2-189
G
gateway network element
connecting the shelf 220 1-46
connecting TL1 190 1-32
default 220 3-22
using in TL1 190 1-32
Generic Framing Procedure. See GFP
GFP 102 8-23
about 110 4-3
client management frames 110 3-96
conditioning, setting 310 3-101
Gigabit Ethernet
frame length 180 2-191
preamble 110 3-101
grounding 201 3-14, 210 3-14
2U AC rectifier (NTN458SB) 201 4-69
common bonding network (CBN) 201
3-14, 210 3-14
equipment drawers 201 4-112, 210 4-56
equipment racks 201 3-14, 210 3-14
ESD jack 102 1-7
210 3-14
second OMX in an OADM shelf 201 4-145
shelf 201 4-44, 210 4-19
H
HCCS reference attribute 310 7-1
health check
hardware baseline 542 1-15
performing 310 1-114
report, saving 310 1-117
historical counts, bin counts 101 3-31
hub and spoke topology 110 3-30
hub site, installing the Ethernet hub at a 201
4-83, 210 4-36
hubbed provisioning 310 1-67
hubbed-ring, with Ethernet hub 201 4-83,
210 4-36
humidity, operating environment 180 1-2
I
IDF. See invalid data flag
IHN-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands,
IHN-UPSN, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-9
10Base-T connections 102 1-13
alarm cut-off (ACO) 102 1-10
alarms 102 1-10
cooling unit 102 1-6
during the system lamp test 222 1-8
Ethernet connections 102 1-13
maintenance panel 102 1-10
testing on shelf 222 1-7
INH-DBREPT-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-7
INH-LOG-SECU, TL1 security and
INH-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands,
INH-MSG-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-8
INH-MSG-SECU, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-9
INH-MSG-SECU, TL1 security and
INH-PMREPT-ALL, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-EQPT, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-GFSRM, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-MOTR, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
4-32 Master index
INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-58
INH-PMREPT-OCI, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-OCLD, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-OFA, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-OTR, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
INH-PMREPT-SRM, TL1 performance
INH-UPSN, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-9
INH-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
INH-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
INIT-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS
INIT-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS
INIT-OMREG-EQPT, TL1 operational
measurement commands 190 9-2
INIT-OMREG-GFSRM, TL1 operational
INIT-OMREG-MOTRSFP, TL1 operational
INIT-OMREG-OTR, TL1 operational
INIT-OMREG-OTRXFP, TL1 operational
INIT-REG-ALL, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-EQPT, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-GFSRM, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-MOTR, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-74
INIT-REG-OCLD, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-OFA, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-OTR, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
INIT-REG-SRM, TL1 performance
INIT-SYS, TL1 system commands, ETS
INIT-SYS, TL1 system commands, ETS
INIT-WARM, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-32
in-service, circuit packs 310 3-67
installation
mounting brackets 102 3-4
preparing 201 2-1, 210 2-1
shelf installation kit 102 3-1
installation kit
about 102 3-1
mounting hardware 102 3-9
vertical fiber brackets 102 3-1
1310 nm splitter/coupler tray 201 4-112,
210 4-56
2U AC rectifier (NTN458SB/SC) 201 4-65
BIP 210 4-22
BIP NTK599DA 201 4-55
BIP NTN458RA 201 4-48
Master index 4-33
installing (continued)
BIP/FIP 20A breaker kit 201 4-53
circuit packs 201 8-1, 210 7-1
DSCM drawer 201 4-112, 210 4-56
DSCM tray in a DSCM drawer 201 4-156,
210 4-78
dual filter drawer 201 4-112, 210 4-56
ECT 201 4-150
Enhanced Trunk Switch 201 4-91, 210
4-44
equipment 201 4-1
equipment drawers 201 4-112, 210 4-56
equipment inventory unit 201 4-132, 210
4-84
equipment racks 102 3-4
Ethernet hub 201 4-83, 210 4-36
fiber manager 201 4-112, 210 4-56
fuse panel NTK599EA 201 4-55
OMX 16CH DWDM 201 4-112, 210 4-56
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 210 4-56,
201 4-112
OMX 1CH CWDM 201 4-112, 210 4-76
OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM 201
4-112, 210 4-56
OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager 201 4-112,
210 4-56
OMX 4CH CWDM 201 4-112, 210 4-56
OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps 201
4-112, 210 4-56
OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz 201 4-112,
210 4-56
OMX 4CH Enhanced 201 4-112, 210 4-56
OMX 4CH ITU CWDM 201 4-112, 210
4-56
4-112, 210 4-56
OMX 8CH ITU CWDM 201 4-112, 210
4-56
Optical Metro 5100 shelf cover 210 4-92
optical trunk switch 201 4-87, 210 4-39
OSC 201 4-112, 210 4-56
OSC with dual taps 201 4-112, 210 4-56
patch panel 201 4-112
installing (continued)
patch panel 16 port (NT0H43CA) 210
4-56
patch panel 20 port (NT0H43CB) 201
4-112, 210 4-56
PBE 201 4-112
PBE C-band 100 GHz 201 4-112
Photonic Trunk Switch 201 4-101, 210
4-54
second OMX in an OADM shelf 201 4-145
shelf cover 201 4-162
shelves 201 4-1
transponder protection tray 201 4-112, 210
4-56
VOA drawer 201 4-112
VOA drawer with one tray 210 4-56
VOA drawer with two trays 210 4-56
installing an attenuator at add port in DWDM
OMX 221 3-311
installing an LC-LC attenuator at channel port
in OMX 16CH DWDM 221 3-325
installing optical trays in a drawer 201 4-159,
210 4-81
1310 nm splitter/coupler 201 4-159, 210
4-81
C&L Dual splitter/coupler 201 4-159, 210
4-81
OMX 1CH CWDM 201 4-159, 210 4-81
4-159, 210 4-81
OSC splitter/coupler tray 201 4-159, 210
4-81
OSC splitter/coupler tray with dual
taps 201 4-159, 210 4-81
VOA tray 201 4-159, 210 4-81
Interface Statistics window 101 7-151
interface statistics, viewing in System
Manager 310 10-3
internal error messages
connection details 542 3-26
general errors 542 3-28
network discovery 542 3-29
passwords 542 3-30
protocols 542 3-30
provisioning details 542 3-30
shelf 542 3-32
4-34 Master index
Internet Explorer, configuring 220 1-32
internet key exchange (IKE), IPSec 110
11-20
interoperability
considerations, IPSec 110 11-34
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 10GbE with other
platforms 110 4-34
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra with other
platforms 110 4-33
with OME1110 110 4-46
with OME6100 110 4-31
with OME6500 Broadband 110 4-31
with OTN networks 110 4-38
interoperable topology, Muxponder circuit
packs 110 3-66
intershelf communications, setting up 201
7-32
intershelf messaging
connecting 201 7-37, 210 6-21
Ethernet hub 201 7-37, 210 6-21
Ethernet switch on eSP 201 7-43, 210 6-26
intersite fault sectionalization, about 101 2-1
intervals, bin counts 101 3-31
intrasite fault sectionalization
about 101 2-7
disabling 310 3-161
enabling 310 3-158
how it works 101 2-7
OFA sites 101 2-14
testing 222 1-67
topologies 101 2-8
wiring 222 1-67
intrusion attempts handling, setting 310 2-22
invalid data flag, about 101 3-32
inventory
circuit packs, deleting 310 3-72
information, viewing 101 7-49
querying list 310 1-53
Inventory window 101 7-50
IP addresses
access to the System Manager through 310
1-3
ARP servers 220 3-23
assigning 220 3-1
IP addresses (continued)
configuration examples 110 10-29 to 110
10-41
configuring connection to DHCP 220 1-46
configuring DHCP 220 1-38, 220 3-4
converting from private to public 310 1-79
converting from public to private 310 1-91
externally visible 110 10-22
internal 110 10-21
scheme 110 10-19
setting with the System Manager 310 1-68
IP Routing table, viewing 310 10-2
IP Routing window 101 7-150
IP statistics, viewing 310 2-42
IPSec
configuring security policies 110 11-28
enabling 110 11-28
functions 110 11-12
interoperability considerations 110 11-34
logs 110 11-27
management 110 11-27
overview 110 11-11
protocols 110 11-15
provisioning
configuring a security policy 310 2-33
disabling IPSec, from Security
menu 310 2-31
provisioning Internet Key Exchange
(IKE) 310 2-32
setting violation alert threshold 310
2-32
security association 110 11-24
security association database (SADB) 110
11-25
security policy database (SPD) 110 11-25
summary 110 11-36
IPSec Provision window 101 7-12
IPSec Statistics window 101 7-158
210 3-14
ITU CWDM OMX, equipping rules 110
12-36
Master index 4-35
J
Java plug-in
installing
Solaris 542 1-24
Windows 2000/Vista/XP 542 1-22
uninstalling
Windows 2000/Vista/XP 542 1-18
jitter 110 5-3, 110 7-26
L
lamps 102 4-27
laser radiation tag 201 4-103
laser safety 201 1-3, 210 1-3
notices 542 1-4
latency
DSCMs 180 2-197
OCI SRM 1310 nm circuit packs 180
2-193
layout
L-band
channels 110 7-13
spectrum 110 1-18
traffic, ECT 201 4-150
LC connector, cleaning (simplex or
duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8
LC filler cards
about 102 14-2, 201 8-19, 210 7-21
connect to OMX 221 3-150
connectors on faceplate 102 14-2, 201
8-19
licenses, ordering 110 13-5
limited number of active login sessions of the
same user ID 110 11-52
line amplifier topologies 110 3-164
line card adjacencies, viewing 310 10-6
linear configuration, allocation of bands 110
5-14
linear system, provisioning connected
direction at end-point nodes 222
2-132
linear topologies, about 110 3-28
line-side
conditioning 102 4-9
definition 110 1-3
protection, Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit
pack 102 8-78
link budgets 110 9-8
remodeling 110 9-1
traffic demands 110 9-1
link engineering
add/drop filters 110 5-7
amplification 110 5-8
and OMX fibering 110 5-14
C/L splitter/couplers 110 5-7
chromatic dispersion 110 5-2
coherent cross-talk 110 5-6
components specifications
APBE circuit packs 110 6-33
discrete VOAs 110 6-34
DSCM 110 6-30
ECTs 110 6-34
Muxponder circuit packs 110 6-10
OCLD circuit packs 110 6-1
OFA circuit packs 110 6-14
OMXs 110 6-22
OSC tray 110 6-37
OTR circuit packs 110 6-4
PBEs 110 6-32
custom link designs 110 15-1
DSCM 110 5-8
equalization 110 5-8
equalization method 110 5-14
example of calculating OMX losses 110
8-7
Extended Metro DWDM 110 7-5
fiber non-linearities 110 5-6
fixed value method 110 7-1
about 110 8-1
CWDM and DWDM networks 110 8-7
work flow 110 8-3
4-36 Master index
link engineering (continued)
guidelines for link engineering a 1310
signal in ITU CWDM networks 110
8-27
information gathering 110 5-12
intersite losses 110 5-14
introduction 110 5-1
jitter 110 5-3
network modeling 110 5-11
OMX fibering and fixed value link
engineering 110 8-7
optical fiber type 110 5-14
optical link budget 110 5-7
optical power loss 110 5-1
optical seams 110 5-4, 110 5-10
OSC 110 5-7
OSNR 110 5-3
polarization mode dispersion 110 5-6
regeneration 110 5-9
rules for Optical Metro 5100/5200 networks
rule 1, network size limitations 110 7-11
rule 2, OCLD power level 110 7-11
rule 3, DWDM OMX pass-through
losses 110 7-12
rule 4, amplifier band restrictions 110
7-13
rule 5, amplifier receive power 110 7-13
rule 6, cascaded amplifiers 110 7-14
rule 7, amplified spans 110 7-14
rule 8, OSNR 110 7-15
rule 9, maximizing OSNR 110 7-22
rule 10, coherent cross-talk 110 7-22
rule 11, fiber non-linearities 110 7-7
rule 11, optical seams 110 7-25
rule 12, fiber non-linearities 110 7-26
rule 13, jitter penalty 110 7-26
rule 14, dispersion 110 7-29
rule 15, dispersion limit 110 7-35
rule 16, OSC link engineering 110 7-36
rule 17, Trunk Switches with OTR 10
Gbit/s Enhanced, Ultra, or Muxponder
10 Gbit/s GbE/FC Circuit packs 110
7-41
rule 18, polarization mode
dispersion 110 7-42
rule 19, combining penalties for 10G
OTR 110 7-45
link engineering (continued)
rules for Optical Metro 5100/5200 networks
(continued)
rule 20, combining penalties for OTR
10G Enhanced, Tunable, Ultra or
Muxponder 10G 110 7-46
rule 21, combining penalties for OCLD
2.5G Flex, Universal, 2.5G OTRs and
MOTR 2.5G 110 7-47
rule 22, combining penalties for OTR 4G
FC 110 7-47
rule 23, interoperability of fixed and flex
rate 2.5G OCLDs and OTRs 110 7-47
rule 24, interop OTR 10G Enhanced and
Tunable with Ultra and MOTR 10G,
Tunable with MOTR 10G ER 110
7-48
rule 25, interoperability of 2.5G MOTR
and Universal 2.5G OCLDs and
OTRs 110 7-48
rule 26, PTS in unamplified C-band or
L-band point-to-point links 110 7-49
rule 27, OME6500 40G services using
OMXs 110 7-49
span margin 110 5-6, 110 5-14
statistical method 110 7-1
trunk switches 110 5-11
lists
alarm
printing 310 1-41
saving 310 1-40
event, printing 310 1-30, 310 1-41
locking clips on equipment drawer
non-spring-loaded 201 9-56, 210 8-41, 210
8-48
spring-loaded 201 9-57, 210 8-42, 210
8-48
locking out
active path 310 3-209
logging in
to a commissioned ETS Comms
module 220 4-15
to an uncommissioned ETS Comms
module 220 4-6
to the system 310 1-11
Master index 4-37
logging out of the ETS Comms module 220
4-19
login user list, viewing 310 2-13
Login User List window 101 7-157, 101
7-158
login warning banner 110 11-51
long band. See L-band
loopback
about 102 4-7, 310 3-226
MOTR 10 G 102 8-96
MOTR 10G OTN 102 8-96
MOTR 2.5G 102 8-100
supported types (per circuit pack) 102 4-7,
310 3-226
test graduated 542 4-29
TL1 interface commands 190 7-1
loss specifications 180 1-17
M
maintaining a Photonic Trunk Switch 542
26-1
maintenance panel
about 102 1-6
alarm cut-off 102 1-10
alarm indicators 102 1-10
connecting
equipment inventory unit 201 7-87, 210
6-67
passive devices 201 7-60, 210 6-45
connectors 102 1-12
COTEL card 102 1-11
cover 102 1-7
ESD grounding lug 102 1-7
grounding lug 102 1-7
OMX interface card 102 1-12
power 102 1-7
power cards 102 1-8
telemetry card 102 1-11
maintenance schedule
air filter
5100 shelf 546 1-1
5200 shelf 546 1-1
ETS shelf 546 1-1
management
external
configuring for a shelf 310 4-16
removing an entry 310 4-19
IPSec 110 11-27
management information base 310 4-16
managing shelves 310 4-1
mandatory regulations 180 5-3
Australia 180 5-9
Brazil 180 5-8
Canada 180 5-4
Europe 180 5-7
New Zealand 180 5-9
Norway 180 5-8
Sweden 180 5-8
Switzerland 180 5-8
United Kingdom 180 5-8
United States of America 180 5-6
manual laser recovery, performing 310 1-125
manual switching, OCM circuit packs 310
3-222
menu bar, System Manager 101 7-2
meshed-ring, with Ethernet hub 210 4-36,
201 4-83
message
headers, TL1 interface 190 1-15
notation, TL1 interface 190 1-9
messages. See also error messages
metropolitan optical networks, overview 110
1-1
MIB file 310 4-16
compiling 310 4-16
ordering 110 13-8
mid-mounting, holes on a shelf 201 4-13
miniature VOA, ECT 201 4-150
mode-conditioning plug 102 23-2
ordering 110 13-111
modem, configuring external 220 7-6
Modify User window 101 7-155
MOTR alarms
Alarm Indication Signal 542 29-13
Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time
Out 542 29-15
Automatic Protection Byte Fail 542 29-18
4-38 Master index
MOTR alarms (continued)
Automatic Switch to Protection Path
active 542 29-25
Backplane Loss of Activity 542 29-27
Backward Defect Indication 542 29-26
Facility Loopback 542 29-37
Far End Protection Line Fail 542 29-38
Fiber Mismatch 542 29-39
Forced Switch to (East) to (West) Path
Active 542 29-41
GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 Overhead Link
Failure 542 29-284
High Optical Power 542 29-42
High Optical Power Warning 542 29-51
Incompatible Optical System
29-63
Invalid Signal 542 29-68
Line DCC Overhead Link Failure 542
29-120
Loss of Frame 542 29-73
Loss of Lock 542 29-76
Loss of Timing Reference 542 29-94
Low Optical Power Warning 542 29-98
Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path
active 542 29-108
ODU Locked 542 13-21, 542 29-326
Optical Receiver Overload 542 29-109
Optical System Identifier Mismatch 542
29-119
OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542 29-331
OPU/OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch 542
29-328
29-333
OTU Loss of Frame 542 29-334
OTU Loss of Multiframe 542 29-337
Overhead Link Failure 542 29-120
Path Lockout Active 542 29-122
MOTR alarms (continued)
Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542
29-123
Pre-Fec Signal Fail 542 29-342
Protection Channel Match Fail 542 29-126
Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not
Protection Mate SFP Not Available 542
29-239
Protection Mode Mismatch 542 29-130
Protection Scheme Mismatch 542 29-132
Prov Mismatch-Some circuit packs not
supported on equipped SP 542 14-44
Remote Automatic Laser Shutdown 542
29-133
Remote Defect Indication 542 29-135
Section DCC Overhead Link Failure 542
29-120
Signal Failure 542 29-137, 542 29-339
TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 29-140
Transceiver Degrade 542 29-157
Unassigned Optical System Identifier 542
29-160
Wavelength Is Not Provisioned 542
29-165
Working/Protection Fiber Mismatch 542
29-166
Wrapper Alarm Indication Signal 542
29-168
Wrapper Loss of Frame 542 29-169
MOTRSFP alarms
Autoprovisioning Mismatch -
Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable 542
29-177
Circuit Pack Mismatch - Pluggable 542
29-179
Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable 542
29-181
Client Service Mismatch 542 29-184
CPE Discovery Protocol Fail 542 27-5
Master index 4-39
MOTRSFP alarms (continued)
Far End Client Rx Signal Fail 542 29-188
GFP Remote Failure Indication 542
29-189
Incompatible Provisioning -
Insufficient Link Capacity 542 29-192
Inter-card Communication Failure -
LAN Link Down 542 29-197
Loss of Alignment 542 29-200
Loss of Frame Delineation 542 29-204
Loss of Multiframe 542 13-143, 542
13-256, 542 29-231, 542 29-337
Loss of Pointer 542 29-233
Loss of Sequence 542 29-235
Loss of Synchronization 542 29-216
MOTRSFP Remote Line Low Optical
Power 542 27-27
MOTRSFP Tx ODU Locked 542 29-256
29-322
ODU Open Connection Indication 542
13-23, 542 29-323
OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542 29-320,
542 29-329
29-322, 542 29-333
Payload Label Mismatch 542 29-237
Remote Client Circuit Pack Failed -
Pluggable 542 27-6
Remote Client Circuit Pack Mismatch -
Pluggable 542 27-8
Remote Client Circuit Pack Missing -
Pluggable 542 27-10
Remote Client Circuit Pack Unknown -
Pluggable 542 27-12
Remote Client High Optical Power 542
27-14
Remote Client Low Optical Power 542
27-17
Remote Failure Indication 542 29-224
Remote Invalid Configuration 542 27-33
Remote Line Circuit Pack Mismatch -
Pluggable 542 27-20
MOTRSFP alarms (continued)
Remote Line Circuit Pack Unknown -
Pluggable 542 27-22
Remote Line High Optical Power 542
27-24
Remote loopback Active 542 27-30
Remote loopback Fail 542 27-31
Remote Power Fail 542 27-34
Remote Power Supply 1 Missing 542
27-35
Remote Power Supply 2 Missing 542
27-36
Remote Receiver Fail 542 27-32
Remote Subtended Client Link Down 542
27-37
Summary Alarm Indication Signal 542
29-229
Summary Loss of Multiframe 542 29-231
Summary Loss of Pointer 542 29-233
Summary Loss of Sequence 542 29-235
Summary Payload Label Mismatch 542
29-237
Summary Remote Failure Indication 542
29-240
Summary Unequipped 542 29-242
Terminal Loopback 542 29-246
Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542 29-250
Tx Loss of Frame 542 29-251
Tx ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542
29-253
Tx ODU Backward Defect Indication 542
29-255
Tx ODU Open Connection Indication 542
29-257
Tx OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542
29-253, 542 29-259
Tx OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542
29-261
Tx Remote Defect Indication 542 29-263
Tx Signal Failure 542 29-264
Unequipped 542 29-242
Unknown Circuit Pack - Pluggable 542
29-267
4-40 Master index
MOTRSFPLS alarms
Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time
Out 542 29-272
Automatic Protection Byte Fail 542
29-270
29-273
29-275
29-277
Far End Protection Line Fail 542 29-281
Loss of Frame 542 29-201, 542 29-292
Loss of Timing Reference 542 29-219, 542
29-315
Protection Channel Match Fail 542 29-344
Protection Mode Mismatch 542 29-348
Protection Scheme Mismatch 542 29-349
29-350
Remote Defect Indication 542 29-352
TCMi Alarm Indication Signal 542 29-357
TCMi Backward Defect Indication 542
29-358
TCMi Locked 542 29-360
TCMi Open Connection Indication 542
29-361
TCMi Trace Identifier Mismatch 542
29-362
MOTRSFPLS alarms (continued)
29-366
Working/Protection Fiber Mismatch 542
29-368
mounting brackets
19/23 cross-section 201 4-14
about 102 3-4
EIA 102 3-5
ETSI 102 3-7
ETSI mounting brackets 102 3-7
hardware 102 3-9
installing 210 4-9
orientation 201 4-15, 210 4-11
mounting options
front-mounting 201 4-29
front-mounting in a 19-inch rack with
mid-mounting 201 4-36
Mozilla Firefox (Windows 2000/Vista/XP) or
Mozilla (Solaris)
configuring 220 1-34
Mozilla path settings (Solaris), setting 220
1-36
MPO connector, cleaning 201 10-13, 210
9-14
MT-RJ connector, cleaning 201 10-11, 210
9-12
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit pack
1+1 line-side APS protection 102 8-78
clock synchronization 110 4-55
diverse routing, setting 310 3-287
GFP 102 8-23
path mappings 102 8-31
protection, transponder protection tray 101
4-21
SFP module 102 8-17
summary path alarms 102 8-75
types 102 8-22
Master index 4-41
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s OTN 4xOC48/STM16
circuit pack
deleting Trail Trace Identifier values 310
3-284
provisioning
client conditioning 310 3-281
TCM channels 310 3-282
FEC threshold 310 3-283
Trail Trace Identifier values 310 3-284
viewing Trail Trace Identifier values 310
3-284
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s circuit pack
path mappings 102 8-25
protection switching 102 8-76
provisioning
hairpin 310 3-278
EFM 310 3-276
types 102 8-11
Muxponder circuit pack
about 102 8-1
adding traffic 310 3-176
connect to subtending equipment through
creating two unprotected paths from one
protected path 310 3-204
diverse route topology 110 3-87
faceplates 102 8-92
Generic Framing Procedures 102 8-23
Gigabit Ethernet features 102 8-40
interoperable topology 110 3-66, 110 3-75
location 102 8-103
locking out 310 3-214
loopbacks 102 8-96
ordering 110 13-46
protection 110 2-11
removing traffic 310 3-178
Muxponder circuit pack (continued)
supported PMs 180 2-170
supported protocols 180 2-153
N
Naming window 101 7-110
NE Admin window 101 7-133
command and menu options 101 7-134
about 102 1-14
description 102 1-14
installation 201 4-26
ordering 110 13-12, 180 1-8
network
interoperability 110 4-1
layout, description 110 5-12
logging into 310 1-11
size limitations 110 7-11
network and service layer topologies
Muxponder diverse route topologies 110
3-75
Muxponder interoperable topologies 110
3-66
network element identification, TL1
interface 190 1-8
network management, about 110 2-22
Network Modeling Tool, ordering 110
13-169
network security
centralized security administration 110
11-37
challenge/response 110 11-45
failed login attempt threshold 110 11-52
IPSec 110 11-11
limited number of active login sessions of
the same user ID 110 11-52
local user authentication 110 11-47
login warning banner 110 11-51
planning 110 11-1
security alarms, events, notifications 110
11-53
vendor specific attributes 110 11-43
4-42 Master index
network shelf selector icons, System
Manager 101 7-2
network topologies
basic 110 3-28
bridged linear 110 3-30
bridged linear and ring 110 3-33
bridged ring 110 3-31
combining compound 110 3-36
compound 110 3-29
deployment rules
bridged linear and ring systems 110
3-52
bridged linear systems 110 3-49
bridged ring systems 110 3-51
combined compound systems 110 3-54
CWDM linear systems 110 3-41
CWDM ring systems 110 3-47
DWDM linear systems 110 3-37
DWDM ring systems 110 3-44
general 110 3-37
ITU CWDM linear systems 110 3-42
ITU CWDM ring systems 110 3-48
OMX-less linear systems 110 3-43
dual hub and spoke 110 3-31
hub and spoke 110 3-30
linear 110 3-28
ring 110 3-29
site configurations 110 3-155
traffic pattern models 110 3-111
NT0H39AA, fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-5
NT0H39AB, fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-6
NT0H39AD, fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-7
NT0H39AE, fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-8
NT0H4319, fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-9
NT0H43JC, fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-35
NTTC53AT-NTTC53AY, fiber-optic patch
cord 102 21-36
O
OADM shelf
grounding a second OMX 201 4-145
installing a second OMX 201 4-145
OCI alarms
active 542 5-12
Forced Switch to East Path Active 542
5-24
Forced Switch to West Path Active 542
5-24
5-32
Invalid Signal (backplane) 542 5-35
Invalid Signal (SRM port) 542 5-41
Loss of Clock 542 5-44
Master index 4-43
OCI alarms (continued)
Loss of Frame (optical receiver) 542 5-48
Loss of Frame (Tx backplane) 542 5-52
Loss of Frame (Tx optical port) 542 5-57
Low Optical Power warning 542 5-68
active 542 5-71
5-73
Signal Degrade 542 5-102
SRM Loss of Pointer 542 5-76
SRM Loss of Primary Clock Source
warning 542 5-78
SRM Loss of Secondary Clock Source
warning 542 5-83
SRM Path Alarm Indication Signal 542
5-88
SRM Port Alarm Indication Signal 542
5-92
SRM Port Failure 542 5-96
SRM Port Mapping Fault 542 5-98
Unequipped or OOS Remote SRM
Port 542 5-123
OCI circuit pack
about 102 5-1
compatibility with OCMs and OCLDs 102
5-3
connect to subtending equipment 221
3-193, 221 3-225
faceplates 102 5-49
features 102 5-5
OCI circuit pack (continued)
location 102 5-62, 102 8-103, 102 11-6
loopbacks 102 5-55
ordering 110 13-13
replacing 546 3-8
types 102 5-2
OCI SRM circuit pack
connecting to subtending equipment 221
3-199, 221 3-231
OCI SRM ESCON circuit pack, connecting to
OCI SRM GbE circuit pack, connecting to
OCI SRM GbE/FC alarms
active 542 6-8
Far End Client Rx Signal Fail 542 6-27
Forced Switch to East Path Active 542
6-28
6-28
Insufficient Link Capacity 542 6-29
6-30
LAN Link Down 542 6-39
Loss of Pointer 542 6-46
4-44 Master index
OCI SRM GbE/FC alarms (continued)
Loss of Timing Reference 542 6-51
Manual Switch to (West) or (East) Path
active 542 6-55
Path Alarm Indication Signal 542 6-6
Path Lockout active 542 6-56
Payload Label Mismatch 542 6-57
6-59
Unequipped 542 6-69
OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack
auto-negotiation and pause details,
BBC override for FC extended reach 110
4-25
concatenation modes
about 110 4-5
provisioning 110 4-7, 110 4-10
3-219
diverse routing 110 4-22
FC extended reach 110 4-22
FC interoperability 110 4-26
GFP conditioning, setting 310 3-101
interoperability considerations 110 4-1
path assignments
adding 310 3-63
deleting 310 3-66
provisioning concatenation type and
transport mode 310 3-81
round-trip delay measurement 310 3-108
STS mapping 110 4-5
subrate and extended reach details,
timing mode, changing 310 3-119
OCI SRM SONET/SDH circuit pack
clock references
changing settings 310 1-112
OCI SRM SONET/SDH circuit pack
(continued)
3-199, 221 3-231
OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE circuit pack
clock references
path monitoring, setting 310 3-127
signal degrade threshold, changing 310
3-124
OCLD alarms
Bit Disparity 542 8-18
Circuit Pack Minor Mismatch 542 8-25
Fiber Mismatch 542 8-30, 542 8-32
Identifier 542 8-49
8-54
Invalid Signal (optical receiver) 542 8-66
Loss of Overhead Synchronization 542
8-87
8-115
8-116
Available 542 8-119
8-146
Master index 4-45
OCLD alarms (continued)
Rx Loss of Signal 542 8-153
Surrogate Alarm Indication Signal 542
8-120
8-165
OCLD circuit pack
about 102 6-1
connect to
backbone at OMX-less sites 221 3-291
OMX 221 3-113
patch panel at OMX-less sites 221
3-296
faceplate 102 6-5
features 102 6-4
filler card, connecting pigtails to 221
3-156
functions and features 102 6-1
location 102 6-9
loopbacks 102 6-7
ordering 110 13-14
power level 110 7-11
replacing 546 3-14
replacing a 2.5 Gbit/s OCLD with an OCLD
2.5 Gbit/s Flex 546 3-22
replacing a Flex OCLD with a Universal
OCLD and vice versa 546 3-31
signal flow 102 6-4
testing indicator lamps 542 4-8
types 102 6-3
OCLD filler cards
about 102 14-1, 201 8-19, 210 7-21
12-8, 210 7-21
OCM alarms
Forced Switch to OCM (9) or (10)
Active 542 7-13
7-14
OCM Pair Mismatch 542 7-18
Protection Not Available 542 7-19
OCM circuit pack
about 102 9-1, 110 2-8
faceplates 102 9-3
force switch, removing 310 3-224
forced switching 310 3-217
location 102 9-3
loopback, removing or disabling 310
3-235
loopbacks 102 9-3
ordering 110 13-9
replacing 546 3-72
signal flow 102 9-2
upgrading to OC48 310 3-242
OFA
about 110 2-14
label kit for HIP 201 1-19, 210 1-19
shelf assembly, choosing 110 12-34
OFA alarms
Circuit Pack Failed warning 542 11-17
Facility Out of Service - Optical Signal
Failure 542 11-23
4-46 Master index
OFA alarms (continued)
11-42
Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or (Tx) 542
11-62
11-68
Power Out of Range High 542 11-70
Power Out of Range Low 542 11-74
Temperature Out of Range 542 11-100
OFA circuit pack
about 102 12-1
attenuator
installing at input 221 3-329
installing at output 221 3-331
3-72
faceplates 102 12-5
filler cards 201 8-20
interaction 102 12-4
location 102 12-8
loopbacks 102 12-7
ordering 110 13-96
provisioning direction and location 310
3-148
replacing 546 3-81
replacing an OFA with a High Input Power
OFA 546 3-87
types 102 12-2
OFA filler cards
about 102 14-2, 201 8-20
3-79
8-20
OFA high input power (HIP) circuit pack,
features 102 12-2
OFA shelf
filler cards 102 14-2, 201 8-20
installing a second ECT 201 4-140
installing ECT 201 4-150
OFA VGA circuit pack
dual optical layer topologies 110 3-130
features 102 12-3
provisioning target power (using
SLEC) 222 2-130
OME1110
about 102 28-1
commissioning 220 6-1, 220 6-2
connecting optical patch cords 201 5-17
connecting power cables 201 5-15
displaying OME1110 equipment
information 310 3-280
installing 201 5-1, 201 5-5
installing SFP 201 5-12
label 180 5-13, 201 1-19
ordering 110 13-65
power cables and optical fiber,
replacing 546 4-15
replacing 546 4-1
SFP 546 4-5
wall mounted 546 4-9
restarting a remote OME1110 310 3-289
OME6500 40G integration 101 1-3, 101 3-2,
110 4-44
adding
OME6500 40G facility 310 3-291
traffic to end-to-end channel involving
OME6500 40G circuit packs 310
3-307
converting a protected CA to unprotected
CA on an OME6500 40G circuit
pack 310 3-317
Master index 4-47
OME6500 40G integration (continued)
protected OME6500 40G path 310
3-312
data communications
configuration guidelines 110 10-58
limitations/known issues 110 10-75
network design considerations 110
10-55
overview 110 10-54
facilities, modifying 310 3-294
optical layer considerations 110 4-43
overview 110 4-41
provisioning
Section Trace values 310 3-304
removing traffic from an OME6500 40G
restarting an OME6500 40G circuit
pack 310 3-321
viewing
Section Trace values 310 3-304
optical power levels 310 3-299
OMX
connect to
LC filler cards 221 3-150
Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit
pack 221 3-138
OCLD filler cards 221 3-150
optical components 221 3-28
OTR circuit pack 221 3-127
connecting multiple 221 3-8
connecting pigtails to filler cards 221
3-156
cross-connecting in a drawer 221 3-22
CWDM, about 102 15-16
equipping rules for DWDM 110 12-34
guidelines for determining the east-most
and west-most OMXs in a series 221
2-159
ITU CWDM, about 102 15-22
layout of crossover connections for OMX
(Standard) 221 3-26
OMX (continued)
ordering 110 13-82
pass-through losses 110 7-12
pigtails connected to filler cards 201 8-19
provisioning manually 310 3-128, 310
3-132
testing optical continuity 222 1-23, 222
1-37
OMX (Standard)
about 102 15-7
connectors 102 15-15
location 102 15-16
locking tabs 201 4-107
tray
flexible fiber guide 201 4-109, 201 9-44
replacing 546 2-23
OMX 16CH DWDM
about 102 15-8
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
installing an LC-LC attenuator at channel
port 221 3-325
replacing 546 2-53
routing fibers 201 9-58, 210 8-63
site configurations 110 3-159
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz
about 102 15-10
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
replacing 546 2-53
routing fibers 201 9-58, 210 8-63
OMX 16CH DWDM OMX 1CH CWDM
about 102 15-16
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-76
location 102 15-21
routing fibers 201 9-47, 210 8-32
OMX 1CH CWDM drawer, replacing 546
2-65
4-48 Master index
OMX 1CH CWDM tray, replacing 546 2-58
OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM
about 102 15-22
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56, 210 4-81
routing fibers 201 9-104, 210 8-43
OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM drawer,
replacing 546 2-92
OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM tray,
replacing 546 2-85
OMX 4CH
equipping rules, Enhanced 110 12-35
equipping rules, with Fiber Manager 110
12-35
OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager
about 102 15-7
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
location 102 15-16
replacing 546 2-32
routing fibers 201 9-52, 210 8-37
OMX 4CH CWDM
about 102 15-17
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
location 102 15-21
routing fibers 201 9-89, 210 8-49
OMX 4CH CWDM drawer, replacing 546
2-71
OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps
about 102 15-17
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
routing fibers 201 9-89, 210 8-49
OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz
about 102 15-8
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
replacing 546 2-46
routing fibers 201 9-52, 210 8-37
OMX 4CH Enhanced
about 102 15-8
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
replacing 546 2-39
routing fibers 201 9-52, 210 8-37
OMX 4CH ITU CWDM
about 102 15-23
installing 210 4-56
replacing 546 2-78
routing fibers 201 9-98, 210 8-57
about 102 15-23
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
routing fibers 201 9-104, 210 8-43
OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDM drawer,
replacing 546 2-97
OMX 8CH ITU CWDM
about 102 15-23
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
replacing 546 2-78
routing fibers 201 9-98, 210 8-57
OMX alarms
Band Input Failure 542 9-8
Optical Signal Failure (Tx) or (Rx) 542
9-10
9-17
OMX fibering 110 3-118
multishelf 110 3-120
OMX 16CH 110 3-121
single shelf 110 3-120
stacked 110 3-119
standard 110 3-118
Master index 4-49
OMX interface card, about 102 1-12
OMX module
attenuator
installing at drop port of CWDM or
DWDM OMX 221 3-316
installing at OTS IN port of ITU CWDM
OMX 221 3-322
CWDM
types 102 15-16
DWDM
about 102 15-6
features 102 15-7
location 102 15-16
types 102 15-6
ITU CWDM
location 102 15-26
types 102 15-22
removing cover 201 4-109
removing the cover 201 9-44
replacing cover 201 9-45
types 102 15-1
OMX tray
flexible fiber guide 201 4-110
removing cover 546 2-29, 546 2-31
replacing cover 546 2-31
operational error messages
administrative 542 3-21
loopback 542 3-25
OCI circuit pack 542 3-22
OCLD circuit pack 542 3-22
OMX 542 3-22
password 542 3-25
operational measurement (OM)
making a query, PM procedures 310 7-38
resetting counts to zero, PM
procedures 310 7-42
OPR-ACO-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
17-57
OPR-ACO-COM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-10
OPR-EXT-CONT, TL1 environment and
external control commands 190 12-2
OPR-LPBK-GFSRM, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-3
OPR-LPBK-MOTR, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-4
OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility
loopback commands 190 7-4
OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
OPR-LPBK-OCI, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-6
OPR-LPBK-OCLD, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-7
OPR-LPBK-OSC, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-8
OPR-LPBK-OTR, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-9
OPR-LPBK-OTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-10
OPR-LPBK-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
OPR-LPBK-OTRXFP, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-11
OPR-LPBK-SRM, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-12
OPR-LPBK-WSC, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-13
OPR-PROTNSW-EQPT, TL1 protection
switching commands 190 8-2
OPR-PROTNSW-MOTR, TL1 protection
OPR-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
protection switching commands 190
8-4
4-50 Master index
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH, TL1 protection
switching commands, ETS Switch
module 190 18-17
OPR-PROTNSW-OCLD, TL1 protection
OPR-PROTNSW-OTR, TL1 protection
OPR-SYNCNSW-SRM, TL1 protection
optical channel
definition 110 1-4, 110 3-2
mapping to bridged hub and spoke
topologies 110 3-57
mapping to bridged ring topologies 110
3-58
mapping to hub and spoke topologies 110
3-56
mapping to linear topologies 110 3-55
mapping to ring topologies 110 3-56
mapping to topologies 110 3-54
protection 110 1-5, 110 3-9, 110 3-103
service layer 110 3-2
traffic patterns 110 1-7
Optical Channel Manager. See OCM circuit
pack
optical continuity test 542 4-8
Optical Fiber Amplifier. See OFA
optical fibers
handling 201 1-35, 210 1-34
repairing 201 1-36, 210 1-35
splicing precautions 201 1-36, 210 1-35
optical layer
about 110 3-28
building 110 3-144
definition 110 1-2
functional blocks 110 3-114
mapping client interfaces 110 1-12
mapping services onto 110 1-7
OME6500 40G integration
topologies, dual OFA VGA 110 3-130
WDM 110 3-116
optical link budget 110 5-7
client side circuit packs 110 2-2
general description 110 1-4
optical channels 110 1-4
shelf 110 2-17
site 110 2-2
optical multiplexer. See OMX
Optical Multiservice Edge 1110. See
OME1110
optical patch cords, connecting to
OME1110 201 5-17
optical power history PMs 101 3-73
optical power, re-equalizing 222 2-124, 222
2-134
optical seams 110 5-4, 110 7-25
optical signal
testing continuity through OMXs 222 1-23
testing continuity through OMXs at an
OADM site that uses single-shelf
wiring 222 1-37
testing system 222 1-50
testing through a WDM OMX 222 1-10
optical signal-to-noise ratio. See OSNR
optical supervisory channel. See OSC
optical system identifier See OSID
optical trays in a drawer, installing 201
4-159, 210 4-81
optical trunk switch
about 102 25-1, 110 3-140
alarms 542 3-18
automatic operation mode 310 6-14
autonomous messages 542 3-18
back panel 102 25-6
commands 310 6-2
configuring telemetry alarms 310 6-19
connecting alarms 201 7-22, 210 6-37
connecting power 210 5-42
connecting power leads 201 6-41, 201
6-44
default IP values 310 6-1
events 542 3-18
front panel 102 25-4
Master index 4-51
optical trunk switch (continued)
installing 201 4-87, 210 4-39
interconnecting through the backbone 221
3-274
interconnecting through the backbone
(patch panel) 221 3-285
location 102 25-7
manual operation mode 310 6-17
menu commands 310 6-3
networking configuration 310 6-1
operating 310 6-14
operation modes 102 25-3
operational considerations 102 25-7
replacing 546 2-162
routing fibers 201 9-110, 210 8-100
setting up communications 310 6-7
ordering 110 13-1
air baffle 110 13-12
APBE circuit packs 110 13-96
attenuators 110 13-111
challenge/response application 110
13-169
data communications cables 110 13-168
documentation 110 13-170
DSCM 110 13-100
Ethernet cables 110 13-115
ETS 110 13-104
fiber manager 110 13-102
filler cards 110 13-82
frame filler panels 110 13-168
frames 110 13-168
licenses 110 13-5
mode-conditioning plugs 110 13-111
NEBS shelf extension 110 13-12, 180 1-8
Network Modeling Tool 110 13-169
OCI circuit packs 110 13-13
ordering (continued)
OCM circuit packs 110 13-9
OFA circuit packs 110 13-96
OME1110 110 13-65
OMX 110 13-82
Optical Metro 5100 shelf assembly kit 110
13-10
Optical Metro 5200 shelf assembly kit 110
13-9
optical patch cords 110 13-116
OSC tray assembly 110 13-99
OTR circuit packs 110 13-21
PBE 110 13-97
power cables 110 13-114
rectifiers 110 13-108
SFP modules 110 13-66
software delivery kits 110 13-4
software upgrade kits 110 13-5
SP circuit packs 110 13-8
XFP modules 110 13-81
OSC
about 110 3-137
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
routing fibers 201 9-67, 210 8-69
testing installation 222 1-64
OSC alarms
Duplicate Optical System Identifier 542
16-9
East or West Overhead Link Failure 542
16-13
East or West Remote Overhead Link
Failure 542 16-13
East/West Fiber Mismatch 542 16-11
Fault Sectionalization Unresolved 542
16-18
16-22
4-52 Master index
OSC alarms (continued)
Intrasite Communication Failure 542
16-24
Invalid Data 542 16-26
Invalid Signal 542 16-30
Loss of Link 542 16-38
16-48
Remote Fault Sectionalization Not
Responding 542 16-54
Remote Invalid Signal 542 16-30
Remote Loss of Frame 542 16-34
Remote Loss of Signal 542 16-40
Shelf Input Failure 542 16-57
Site Input Failure 542 16-60
Unequipped Remote Port 542 16-62
Unknown Circuit Pack 542 14-46, 542
16-63
Wayside Alarm Indication Signal 542
16-65
OSC circuit pack
about 102 10-1, 110 2-22
connecting to OSC tray 221 3-97
faceplates 102 10-3
location 102 10-4
loopbacks 102 10-4
ordering 110 13-100
putting WSC facility in-service 310 3-88
replacing 546 3-76
types 102 10-2
OSC drawer, replacing 546 2-113
OSC SC alarms
Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or (Tx) 542
16-44
OSC splitter/coupler, provisioning
manually 310 3-137
OSC splitter/coupler tray with dual taps,
installing 210 4-81
OSC splitter/coupler tray, installing 210 4-81
OSC tray
about 102 16-1, 110 2-21
attenuator, installing at add port 221 3-333
connect for monitoring site 221 3-90
connecting to OSC circuit pack 221 3-97
connectors 102 16-7
features 102 16-2
function 102 16-1
location 102 16-8
ordering 110 13-99
replacing 546 2-104
types 102 16-1
OSC with dual taps
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
routing fibers 201 9-71, 210 8-72
OSID
about 101 6-1
rules for provisioning 101 6-2
OSNR
definition 110 5-3
link engineering rule 110 7-15
OTR 10 Gbit/s circuit pack
about 102 7-8
Enhanced 102 7-11
features 102 7-9
types 102 7-8
Ultra 102 7-12
encapsulation types 102 7-19
flow control 102 7-22
Ultra 10GbE 102 7-12, 102 7-16
encapsulation types 102 7-21
OPU-PTI byte, viewing and setting 310
3-290
OTR 2.5 Gbit/s circuit pack
about 102 7-1
features 102 7-5, 102 7-7
types 102 7-4, 102 7-6, 102 7-7
Master index 4-53
OTR alarms
active 542 13-19
Backward Defect Indication 542 13-20
Bit Error Rate (BER) Degrade 542 13-25
Far End Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 13-39
13-44
GCC0/1/2 Overhead Link Failure 542
13-145
High Bit Error Rate 542 13-45
13-73
Invalid Signal (optical receiver) 542 13-78
Line/MS DCC Overhead Link Failure 542
13-145
Local Fault 542 13-82
Loss of Overhead Synchronization 542
13-145
active 542 13-132
ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-11
13-20
13-142
OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-11
OPU-PTI Mismatch 542 13-13
OTR alarms (continued)
OTR Tx High Optical Power 542 13-204,
542 29-403
OTR Tx High Optical Power Warning 542
13-204, 542 29-403
OTR Tx Low Optical Power 542 13-208
OTR Tx Low Optical Power Warning 542
13-208
OTRXFP Rx Loss of Synchronization 542
13-166
13-20
13-152
Pre-Fec Signal Fail 542 13-155
13-158
Remote Fault 542 13-164
Rx Loss of Synchronization 542 13-166
Section/RS DCC Overhead Link
Failure 542 13-145
Surrogate Alarm Indication Signal 542
13-171
TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 13-181,
542 29-379
TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 13-187,
542 29-385
TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 13-190,
542 29-389
Tx High Bit Error Rate 542 13-197
Tx Local Fault 542 13-82
Tx Loss of Synchronization 542 13-212
Tx Remote Failure Indication 542 13-217
Tx Remote Fault 542 13-164
13-219
4-54 Master index
OTR alarms (continued)
Wavelength Is Not Provisioned 542
13-228
OTR circuit pack
about 102 7-1
connect to
backbone at OMX-less sites 221 3-291
OMX 221 3-127
patch panel at OMX-less sites 221
3-296
subtending equipment through
faceplates 102 7-27
location 102 7-48
loopbacks 102 7-32
ordering 110 13-21
pass-through connections on 10G 221
3-176
pass-through connections on 10G
Enhanced 221 3-184
protection 110 2-11
replacing 546 3-41
replacing a Flex OTR with a Universal OTR
and vice versa 546 3-31
OTRSFPLS alarms
Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 13-306,
542 29-16
13-310
OTRSFPLS alarms (continued)
13-308
13-312
13-317
OTRXFP alarms
GFP Remote Failure Indication 542
13-240
High Bit Error Rate 542 13-45
Local Fault 542 13-248
ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-229
13-281
OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-229
OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542 13-282
13-281
Remote Fault 542 13-286
Tx High Bit Error Rate 542 13-197
Tx Loss of Synchronization 542 13-212
Tx Remote Failure Indication 542 13-217
OTRXFP/OTRSFP alarms
Autoprovisioning
Mismatch-Pluggable 542 13-230
Circuit Pack Failed - pluggable 542 13-32
13-230, 542 13-232
Master index 4-55
OTRXFP/OTRSFP alarms (continued)
13-234
High Optical Power 542 13-241, 542
29-393
Low Optical Power 542 13-277, 542
29-397, 542 29-407
Low Optical Power Warning 542 29-397,
542 29-407
13-225
OTS alarms
Opt Trunk Sw operating on Standby
link 542 24-4
Opt Trunk Sw Power AB fail 542 24-8
Opt Trunk Sw Primary link failure 542
24-6
Opt Trunk Sw Standby link fail 542 24-9
OTS. See optical trunk switch
out-of-service, circuit packs 310 3-69
P
parallel site configuration and link
budgets 110 3-156, 110 9-9
parallel telemetry
interface specifications 180 1-14
Parallel Telemetry Input window 101 7-94
Parallel Telemetry Output window 101 7-95
parking bracket 201 4-144
passive devices
connecting to the equipment inventory
unit 201 7-75, 210 6-58
connecting to the maintenance panel 201
7-60, 210 6-45
to EIU, connecting 201 7-83, 210 6-63
to maintenance panel, connecting 201 7-59
passive slot numbering
disabling 310 1-127
enabling 310 1-127
pass-through, channel assignments 310 3-39
password
changing from the System Manager 310
2-14
rules 190 1-6, 310 2-1
patch cords
OCI SRM (MT-RJ to SC), routing through
patch panel 221 3-199, 221 3-231
OCI SRM ESCON (MPO to SC), routing
through patch panel 221 3-208
OCI SRM SONET/SDH (MT-RJ to SC),
routing through patch panel 221
3-199, 221 3-231
optical fiber 102 21-2
ordering 110 13-116
patch panel
about 102 23-1
applications 102 23-1
connect
OCI SRM ESCON to subtending
equipment 221 3-208
OCI SRM to subtending equipment 221
3-199, 221 3-231
location 102 23-7, 102 23-8
mounting 102 23-7
mounting options 102 23-9
ordering 110 13-102
product engineering code 102 23-10
replacing 546 2-124
routing fiber 201 9-80, 210 8-76
specifications 102 23-7, 180 1-44
patch panel 16 port (NT0H43CA),
installing 210 4-56
patch panel 20 port (NT0H43CB),
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
path
creating two unprotected from one protected
MOTR path 310 3-204
protected OCLD path 310 3-192
protected OTR path 310 3-197
4-56 Master index
path assignments
adding 310 3-63
deleting 310 3-66
path protection
adding protection to an unprotected
path 310 3-181
manual switching on OCM circuit
packs 310 3-222
Path Summary window 101 7-107
PBE
about 102 19-1
C-band 100 GHz 102 19-2
C-band only, L-band only, C-band and
L-band 102 19-1
connect to OFA 221 3-60
connectors 102 19-6
data communication to the shelf 102 19-3
features 102 19-2
function 102 19-1
location 102 19-6
ordering 110 13-97
replacing 546 2-154
types
C-band 100 GHz 102 19-1
C-band and L-band 102 19-1
C-band only 102 19-1
L-band only 102 19-1
PC communications parameters for
connection with 2U AC rectifier 201
7-18
Per Band Equalizer. See PBE
per-band average channel power, about 222
2-10
about 101 3-1
alarms
clearing 542 15-1
facility 542 15-7
APBE threshold values 180 2-179
correlating FEC-CEs to Pre-FEC BER
(dBQ reference) 310 7-1
equipment 101 3-72
facility 101 3-31
PP collection 101 3-50
PP reporting 101 3-50
TCA reporting 101 3-54
TCA thresholds 101 3-51
HCCS reference attribute 310 7-1
Launch PM window 101 7-137
Muxponder threshold values 180 2-172
OCI SRM threshold values 180 2-69
OCI threshold values 180 2-69
OCLD threshold values 180 2-78
OFA threshold values 180 2-176
OME6500 40G 101 3-18
operational measurements (OMs) 101
3-54
optical power history 101 3-73
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-44
OTR threshold values 180 2-136
performance parameters 101 3-2
PM modes 101 3-2
provisioning rules 101 3-2
System Manager 101 1-4, 101 1-5
TCA (threshold crossing alert) 101 3-51
user interfaces 101 3-76
performance monitoring (PM) procedures
adjusting facility PP threshold values 310
7-27
disabling facility TCA reporting 310 7-25
enabling facility TCA reporting 310 7-25
enabling or disabling facility TCA
notification 310 7-23
making an OM query 310 7-38
making a PM query 310 7-13
performing card-level operations 310 7-35
performing global shelf operations 310
7-31
Master index 4-57
performance monitoring (PM) procedures
(continued)
performing shelf-level operations 310 7-31
refreshing PM information 310 7-44
resetting facility counts to zero 310 7-17
resetting facility PP thresholds to default
values 310 7-29
resetting OM counts to zero 310 7-42
viewing facility history counts 310 7-16
Performance Monitoring window 101 7-137
card level parameters 101 7-149
equipment query result details 101 7-144
facility query result details 101 7-147
shelf level parameters 101 7-148
peripheral cables, installing 201 7-1, 210 6-1
per-wavelength optical service channel
(PWOSC)
about 101 6-3
rules for disabling 101 6-4
about 102 27-1, 110 3-140
installing 201 4-101, 210 4-54
OM5K link setup 220 5-3
ordering 110 13-106
provisioning and operation 310 9-1
remote management using Ethernet 1X
port 110 10-77
shelf components, replacing 546 2-192
threshold setting recommendations 101
3-79
physical connectivity 110 9-2
pinouts
10Base-T 1X port 180 1-11
10Base-T 2X port 180 1-11
2U AC rectifier connector 5 (alarm relay
outputs only) 201 7-17
communications cables 201 7-33, 201
7-39, 210 6-19, 210 6-23
Ethernet ports 180 1-11
RS232 V24 2 (DCE) port 180 1-10
telemetry connectors 180 1-15
planning an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network
allocating bands 110 9-4
engineering for optimal link budgets 110
9-8
establishing physical connectivity 110 9-2
understanding traffic demands 110 9-1
pluggable module
installing 201 8-11, 210 7-14
OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-48
OTR 4 Gbit/s FC 102 7-48
PM. See performance monitoring
point-to-point, with Ethernet hub 201 4-83,
210 4-36
polarization mode dispersion
about 110 5-6
power
1U APRS rectifier 210 5-35, 210 5-38
3U APRS rectifier 201 6-13, 201 6-17, 210
5-25, 210 5-29
connecting 201 6-1, 210 5-1
connecting BIP 201 6-51, 201 6-55, 210
5-52
connecting enhanced trunk switch 210
5-45
connecting equipment inventory unit 210
5-61
connecting equipment inventory unit
(EIU) 201 6-70
connecting Ethernet hub 201 6-67, 210
5-58
connecting external alarm to a 3U APRS
rectifier 210 6-11
connecting external alarm to rectifier 201
7-10, 201 7-12
connecting optical trunk switch 201 6-41,
201 6-44, 210 5-42
connections 201 6-5
testing connections 201 6-74, 210 5-64
power cable guide, rear access
BIP (NTK599DA) 201 6-66
fuse panel (NTK599EA) 201 6-66
power cables
ordering 110 13-114
4-58 Master index
power cards
AC in Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-4
DC in Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-4
power connections
testing for Optical Metro 5100 shelf 210
5-64
testing for Optical Metro 5200 shelf 201
6-74
power consumption
5100 shelf 180 1-5, 180 6-7
5200 shelf 180 1-3, 180 6-1
power dissipation
5100 shelf 180 1-5
5200 shelf 180 1-3
power leads
connecting to Optical Metro 5100 AC
shelf 210 5-19
connecting to Optical Metro 5100 DC
shelf 210 5-6
power requirements
5100 shelf 180 1-5
5200 shelf 180 1-3
power sources
ground 201 4-44
testing the connections 201 6-74, 210 5-64
powering up
pre-fibering 201 8-19, 210 7-21
primary shelf, about 101 7-118, 220 3-19
printing
about 310 1-30
event lists 310 1-30
information from System Manager 310
1-51
protected path, creating two unprotected paths
from one protected OCLD 310 3-192
protection
1+1 APS 101 4-30
automatic laser shutdown 101 6-23
bridged hub and spoke 110 3-108
protection (continued)
dual homing 101 4-34, 101 4-36, 110 1-6,
110 3-22
dual homing for Muxponders 110 3-24
dual homing on a linear OADM 110 3-107
dual homing ring 110 3-106
enhanced trunk switching 110 3-140
equipment 110 2-11, 110 3-9
Muxponder 110 2-11, 110 3-14
OCIs and OCLDs 110 3-9
optical channel 110 1-5, 110 3-9, 110
3-103
Optical Trunk Switch 102 25-1, 110 3-18
optical trunk switching 110 3-140
OTR 110 2-11
path protection on a hub and spoke 110
3-105
path protection on a ring 110 3-104
Photonic Trunk Switch 110 3-21, 110
3-140
point-to-point on a ring 110 3-104
point-to-point using an optical trunk
switch 110 3-103
standard 110 1-5
switch time required 180 4-5
transponder protection tray 101 4-21, 102
24-1, 110 3-11
trunk switch 101 4-12, 110 2-13
protection switching
about 101 4-1
automatic 101 4-7
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s 102 8-76
non-revertive 101 4-3
OCM equipment 101 4-11
optical path 101 4-1
protection schemes 101 4-2
revertive 101 4-5
revertive protection switching
disabling 310 3-246
enabling 310 3-246
system-initiated 101 4-3
time required 180 4-5
user-initiated 101 4-3
Master index 4-59
protocols
ESCON acceptance testing 330 1-1
Fibre Channel acceptance testing 330 2-1
Gigabit Ethernet acceptance testing 330
3-1, 330 5-1
IPSec 110 11-15
MPEG-2 330 5-1
SONET/SDH acceptance testing 330 4-1
supported
OCI SRM circuit pack 180 2-14
provisioning
APBE direction, location, and OFA
type 310 3-150
circuit packs
autoprovisioning 310 3-18
manually 310 3-25
connected direction at end-point nodes of
linear system 222 2-132
ECT 310 3-130
equipment inventory unit (EIU) 310 3-143
fibering topology and configuration 310
3-156
OCI SRM GbE/FC concatenation type and
transport mode 310 3-81
OFA direction and location 310 3-148
OMX 310 3-128, 310 3-132
OSC splitter/coupler 310 3-137
PBE 310 3-130
system 310 3-1
target power for APBE or APBE Enhanced
circuit pack (using SLEC) 222 2-128
target power OFA VGA circuit pack (using
SLEC) 222 2-130
transponder protection tray (TPT) 310
3-141
PTS. See Photonic Trunk Switch
Q
quad density fibering method, about 110
3-124
quad-band CWDM OMX accessing
connectors 221 1-16
querying
connections 310 1-55
facilities 310 1-54
inventory list 310 1-53
R
rack. See equipment rack
RADIUS server
vendor specific attributes 110 11-43
receiver topologies 110 3-161
rectifier
1U, 2U, 3U 102 22-1
about 102 22-1, 102 22-15
1U AC 102 22-13
1U APRS 102 22-7
3U APRS 102 22-2
connecting ac power 201 6-13, 210 5-25,
210 5-35
connecting dc power 201 6-17, 210 5-29,
210 5-38
connecting external power alarm 201 7-10
connecting telemetry alarms to a 1U APRS
rectifier 210 6-13
connectors
1U APRS 102 22-10
3U APRS 102 22-3
1U AC 110 12-43
1U APRS 110 12-45
2U AC 110 12-44
3U APRS 110 12-44
indicator lamps, 1U APRS 102 22-10
installing 201 4-79
3U APRS rectifier 201 4-60, 210 4-27
location
1U APRS 102 22-13
2U AC rectifier 102 22-14, 102 22-17
3U APRS 102 22-4
4-60 Master index
rectifier (continued)
ordering 110 13-108
power requirements
1U APRS 102 22-9
3U APRS 102 22-2
specifications
1U AC 180 1-49
1U APRS 180 1-47
2U AC 180 1-51
3U APRS 180 1-44
re-equalization
amplified system 222 2-63
amplified system using SLEC (adding new
bands) 222 2-110
amplified system using SLEC (adding new
channels) 222 2-101
amplified system using SLEC (adding
removing channels) 222 2-117
amplified system using SLEC (after an
optical component replacement or link
budget change) 222 2-106
Extended Metro amplified system 222
2-82
regulatory labels 180 5-10
reinitializing, ETS Comms module 220 4-14
remote equipment (OME1110),
installing 201 5-1, 201 5-5
about 101 6-26
disabling 310 1-126
enabling 310 1-126
feature considerations 101 6-27
removing
a shelf surveillance and external
management entry 310 4-19
sequence for removing OCLD and OCI
sequence for removing OTR and
shelf cover 201 4-162, 210 4-92
removing traffic
from a Muxponder circuit pack 310 3-178
from an OCI circuit pack 310 3-163
from an OCLD circuit pack 310 3-167
from an OTR circuit pack 310 3-173
replacing
1310 nm splitter/coupler drawer 546 2-206
air filter
5100 shelf 546 2-11
5200 shelf 546 2-8
ETS shelf 546 2-187
C&L splitter/coupler drawer 546 2-137
cooling unit
5100 shelf 546 2-19
5200 shelf 546 2-15
discrete VOA drawer 546 2-218
DSCM tray 546 2-227
ECT 546 2-143
equipment inventory unit (EIU) 546 2-223
ETS fan module 546 2-184
ETS shelf fuses 546 2-189
OCLD 2.5 Gbit/s with an OCLD 2.5 Gbit/s
Flex 546 3-22
OCLD circuit pack 546 3-14
OCLDs and OCI circuit packs to change
traffic rate to or from 2.5 Gbit/s 546
3-5
OFA with a High Input Power OFA 546
3-87
OME1110 546 4-9
OME1110 power cables and optical
fibers 546 4-15
OMX (Standard) tray 546 2-23
OMX 16CH DWDM 546 2-53
OMX 1CH CWDM drawer 546 2-65
OMX 1CH CWDM tray 546 2-58
drawer 546 2-92
OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM tray 546
2-85
Master index 4-61
replacing (continued)
OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager 546 2-32
OMX 4CH CWDM drawer 546 2-71
drawer 546 2-97
(OME1110) equipment 546 4-1
OSC drawer 546 2-113
OSC tray 546 2-104
PBE 546 2-154
PTS shelf components 546 2-192
SFP in an OME1110 module 546 4-5
SFP module 546 3-61
shelf components 546 2-1
SP circuit pack 546 3-100
VOA module in discrete VOA drawer 546
2-212
XFP module 546 3-61
REPT ALM APBE, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-5
REPT ALM COM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-7
REPT ALM ENV, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-9
REPT ALM EQPT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-12
REPT ALM GFSRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-14
REPT ALM MOTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-16
REPT ALM MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-19
REPT ALM MOTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-21
REPT ALM OCI, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-23
REPT ALM OCLD, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-25
REPT ALM OFA, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-27
REPT ALM OHCHN, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-29
REPT ALM OMX, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-31
REPT ALM OSC, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-33
REPT ALM OTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-35
REPT ALM OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-37
REPT ALM OTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-40
REPT ALM OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-42
REPT ALM SECU, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-44
REPT ALM SPLT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-45
REPT ALM SRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-48
REPT ALM WSC, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-50
REPT COND APBE, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-52
REPT COND COM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-53
REPT COND EQPT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-55
REPT COND GFSRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-56
REPT COND MOTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-58
REPT COND MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-60
REPT COND MOTRSFPLS, TL1
REPT COND OCI, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-63
REPT COND OCLD, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-64
REPT COND OFA, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-66
REPT COND OHCHN, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-67
4-62 Master index
REPT COND OMX, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-69
REPT COND OSC, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-70
REPT COND OTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-72
REPT COND OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-73
REPT COND OTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-75
REPT COND OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-76
REPT COND SPLT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-78
REPT COND SRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-79
REPT COND WSC, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-81
REPT DBCHG, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-82
REPT EVT APBE, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-84
REPT EVT COM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-87
REPT EVT EQPT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-89
REPT EVT FXFR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-91
REPT EVT GFSRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-92
REPT EVT MOTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-95
REPT EVT MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-97
REPT EVT MOTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-100, 190 13-122
REPT EVT OCI, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-102
REPT EVT OCLD, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-105
REPT EVT OFA, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-108
REPT EVT OHCHN, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-110
REPT EVT OMX, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-113
REPT EVT OSC, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-115
REPT EVT OTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-117
REPT EVT OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-119
REPT EVT OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-124
REPT EVT SECU, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-127
REPT EVT SESSION, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-129
REPT EVT SPLT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-129
REPT EVT SRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-131
REPT EVT WSC, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-134
REPT PM EQPT, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-136
REPT PM GFSRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-138
REPT PM MOTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-139
REPT PM MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-140, 190 13-141
REPT PM OCI, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-143
REPT PM OCLD, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-144
REPT PM OFA, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-145
REPT PM OTR, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-146
REPT PM OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-148
REPT PM OTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-149
REPT PM OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-150
REPT PM SRM, TL1 autonomous
messages 190 13-151
REPTÂLM^, TL1 autonomous messages,
REPTÂLM^SECU, TL1 autonomous
messages, ETS Comms module 190
17-69
Master index 4-63
REPTÊVT^, TL1 autonomous messages,
REPTÊVT^SESSION, TL1 autonomous
messages, ETS Comms module 190
17-72
reseating circuit pack 310 3-267
response format, TL1 interface 190 1-14
restarting a shelf 310 4-10
restore shelf, TL1 procedure 190 15-7
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
Directive. See RoHS
revertive protection switching, enabling or
disabling 310 3-246
ring configuration, allocation of bands 110
5-13
ring topologies, about 110 3-29
RLS-EXT-CONT, TL1 environment and
RLS-LPBK-GFSRM, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-14
RLS-LPBK-MOTR, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-15
RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-16
RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
RLS-LPBK-OCI, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-18
RLS-LPBK-OCLD, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-18
RLS-LPBK-OSC, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-19
RLS-LPBK-OTR, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-20
RLS-LPBK-OTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-21
RLS-LPBK-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
RLS-LPBK-OTRXFP, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-22
RLS-LPBK-SRM, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-23
RLS-LPBK-WSC, TL1 facility loopback
commands 190 7-24
RLS-PROTNSW-EQPT, TL1 protection
RLS-PROTNSW-MOTR, TL1 protection
RLS-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
protection switching commands 190
8-10
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH, TL1 protection
switching commands, ETS Switch
module 190 18-19
RLS-PROTNSW-OCLD, TL1 protection
RLS-PROTNSW-OTR, TL1 protection
RMV-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190
5-48
RMV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190
4-13
RMV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RMV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RMV-GFSRM TL1 facility commands 190
5-49
RMV-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190
5-49
RMV-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-50
RMV-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-51
RMV-OCH, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RMV-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-51
RMV-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190
5-52
RMV-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-53
RMV-OHCHN, TL1 facility commands 190
5-53
RMV-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-54
RMV-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190
5-55, 190 5-57
RMV-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-56
RMV-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-57
RMV-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-57
RMV-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-58
4-64 Master index
RMV-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190
5-59
RoHS 110 13-3
round-trip delay measurement 110 3-102,
310 3-108
routing
fiber for optical circuit packs 201 9-27,
210 8-20
fiber for the Muxponder circuit pack 201
9-30, 210 8-23
fiber in a drawer with tray assemblies 201
9-22, 210 8-15
fiber in the fiber manager 201 9-17, 210
8-10
fibers for a DSCM drawer 201 9-130, 210
8-94
fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 201
9-58
fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 100
GHz 201 9-58
fibers for the OMX 1CH OADM ITU
CWDM 210 8-43
fibers for the OMX 4CH OADM ITU
CWDM 210 8-43
fibers from the 1310 nm
splitter/coupler 210 8-86
fibers from the 1310 nm splitter/coupler
tray 201 9-118
fibers from the C&L splitter/coupler 201
9-122
fibers from the discrete VOA 201 9-126,
210 8-90
fibers from the ECT 201 9-64
fibers from the ETS 201 9-112, 210 8-102
fibers from the OMX (Standard) 201 9-41
fibers from the OMX 16CH DWDM 210
8-63
GHz 210 8-63
fibers from the OMX 1CH CWDM 201
9-47, 210 8-32
fibers from the OMX 1CH OADM ITU
CWDM 201 9-104
fibers from the OMX 4CH + Fiber
Manager 201 9-52, 210 8-37
fibers from the OMX 4CH CWDM 201
9-89, 210 8-49
routing (continued)
fibers from the OMX 4CH CWDM with
dual taps 201 9-89, 210 8-49
GHz 201 9-52, 210 8-37
fibers from the OMX 4CH Enhanced 201
9-52, 210 8-37
fibers from the OMX 4CH ITU
CWDM 201 9-98, 210 8-57
fibers from the OMX 4CH OADM ITU
CWDM 201 9-104
fibers from the OMX 8CH ITU
CWDM 201 9-98, 210 8-57
fibers from the OSC 201 9-67, 210 8-69
fibers from the OSC with dual taps 201
9-71, 210 8-72
fibers from the OTS 201 9-110, 210 8-100
fibers from the patch panel 201 9-80, 210
8-76
fibers from the PBE 201 9-114
fibers from the PBE C-band 100 GHz 201
9-114
fibers from the Transponder Protection
Tray 201 9-75
telemetry cable 210 6-10
RST-APBE TL1 facility commands 190 5-59
RST-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190
4-14
RST-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RST-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RST-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-60
RST-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190
5-61
RST-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-61
RST-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-62
RST-OCH, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RST-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-63
RST-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190
5-63
RST-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-64
Master index 4-65
RST-OHCHN, TL1 facility commands 190
5-65
RST-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-65
RST-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-66,
190 5-68
RST-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-66
RST-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-67
RST-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-68
RST-PROV, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-32
RST-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-68
RST-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-69
RTRV-ACO-COM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-10
RTRV-AGG, TL1 facility commands 190
5-70
RTRV-ALM, TL1 alarm and event commands,
RTRV-ALM, TL1 alarm and event commands,
RTRV-ALM-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-11
RTRV-ALM-APBE, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-30
RTRV-ALM-COM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-33
RTRV-ALM-ENV, TL1 environment and
RTRV-ALM-EQPT, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-36
RTRV-ALM-GFSRM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-39
RTRV-ALM-MOTR, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-42
RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-45
RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and
event commands 190 11-49
RTRV-ALM-OCI, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-51
RTRV-ALM-OCLD, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-54
RTRV-ALM-OFA, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-57
RTRV-ALM-OHCHN, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-60
RTRV-ALM-OMX, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-63
RTRV-ALM-OSC, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-66
RTRV-ALM-OTR, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-69
RTRV-ALM-OTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-72
RTRV-ALM-OTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and
RTRV-ALM-OTRXFP, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-78
RTRV-ALM-SECU, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-81
RTRV-ALM-SECU, TL1 security and
RTRV-ALM-SPLT, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-83
RTRV-ALM-SRM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-86
RTRV-ALM-WSC, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-90
RTRV-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190
5-72
RTRV-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event
17-60
RTRV-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event
commands, ETS Switch module 190
18-25
RTRV-ATTR-CONT, TL1 environment and
RTRV-ATTR-CSA, TL1 security and
RTRV-ATTR-ENV, TL1 environment and
external control commands 190
12-10
RTRV-ATTR-IFS, TL1 system
commands 190 3-29
RTRV-ATTR-REMAUTH, TL1 security and
RTRV-ATTR-SECULOG, TL1 security and
4-66 Master index
RTRV-AUDIT-SECULOG, TL1 security and
RTRV-BANNER, TL1 security and
RTRV-CFG-CONT, TL1 environment and
12-12
RTRV-CFG-ENV, TL1 environment and
12-14
RTRV-CHALLENGE, TL1 security and
RTRV-CID-ALL, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-45
RTRV-CLIENT, TL1 facility commands 190
5-74
RTRV-COND, TL1 alarm and event
17-62
RTRV-COND, TL1 alarm and event
commands, ETS Switch module 190
18-27
RTRV-COND-ALL, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-93
RTRV-COND-APBE, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-96
RTRV-COND-COM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-99
RTRV-COND-EQPT, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-101
RTRV-COND-GFSRM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-104
RTRV-COND-MOTR, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-107
RTRV-COND-MOTRSFP, TL1 alarm and
RTRV-COND-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and
RTRV-COND-OCI, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-116
RTRV-COND-OCLD, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-119
RTRV-COND-OFA, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-122
RTRV-COND-OHCHN, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-125
RTRV-COND-OMX, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-127
RTRV-COND-OSC, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-130
RTRV-COND-OTR, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-133
RTRV-COND-OTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-136
RTRV-COND-OTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and
RTRV-COND-OTRXFP, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-142
RTRV-COND-SPLT, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-145
RTRV-COND-SRM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-148
RTRV-COND-WSC, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-151
RTRV-CP-LOG, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-154
RTRV-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-47
RTRV-CRS-PATH, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-56
RTRV-DFCT-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-77
RTRV-DFLT-SECU, TL1 security and
RTRV-EQPT, TL1 equipment
commands 190 4-14
RTRV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RTRV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RTRV-EXT-CONT, TL1 environment and
12-15
RTRV-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-78
RTRV-HDR, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-41
RTRV-HDR, TL1 security and administration
17-32
RTRV-IKE-PLCY, TL1 security and
Master index 4-67
RTRV-INV, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RTRV-INVENTORY, TL1 equipment
commands 190 4-27
RTRV-IP, TL1 system commands 190 3-30
RTRV-IP-BGP, TL1 system commands 190
3-33
RTRV-IP-DNS, TL1 system commands 190
3-34
RTRV-IP-NAT, TL1 system commands 190
3-36
RTRV-IP-OSPF, TL1 system commands 190
3-37
RTRV-IPSEC-ACTV, TL1 security and
RTRV-IPSEC-PROV, TL1 security and
RTRV-IPSEC-SA, TL1 security and
RTRV-LINE, TL1 facility commands 190
5-84
RTRV-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS
RTRV-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS
RTRV-MONTYPE-EQPT, TL1 performance
RTRV-MONTYPE-GFSRM, TL1
commands 190 10-89
RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-94
RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-97
RTRV-MONTYPE-OCI, TL1 performance
RTRV-MONTYPE-OCLD, TL1 performance
RTRV-MONTYPE-OFA, TL1 performance
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-105
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-106
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRXFP, TL1
commands 190 10-107
RTRV-MONTYPE-SRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190
5-86
RTRV-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-90
RTRV-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-97
RTRV-NE-CFG, TL1 system commands 190
3-39
RTRV-NE-CX, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-58
RTRV-NE-FEAT, TL1 system
commands 190 3-41
RTRV-NE-LIST, TL1 system commands 190
3-42
RTRV-NE-LOG, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-157
RTRV-NE-NAME, TL1 system
commands 190 3-43
RTRV-NETYPE, TL1 equipment commands,
RTRV-NETYPE, TL1 system commands 190
3-45
RTRV-OCH, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
Switch module 190 18-14, 190 18-15
RTRV-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190
5-100
RTRV-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190
5-102
RTRV-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190
5-104
RTRV-OHCHN, TL1 facility commands 190
5-106
RTRV-OM-ALL, TL1 operational
RTRV-OM-GFSRM, TL1 operational
4-68 Master index
RTRV-OM-MOTRSFP, TL1 operational
RTRV-OM-OTR, TL1 operational
RTRV-OM-OTRXFP, TL1 operational
RTRV-OMTYPE-GFSRM, TL1 operational
RTRV-OMTYPE-MOTRSFP, TL1 operational
RTRV-OMTYPE-OTR, TL1 operational
RTRV-OMTYPE-OTRXFP, TL1 operational
RTRV-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190
5-107
RTRV-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190
5-109
RTRV-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-112
RTRV-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility
commands 190 5-114
RTRV-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190
5-116
RTRV-PM-EQPT, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-GFSRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-GFSRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-MOTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-161
RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-162
RTRV-PMMODE-OCI, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-OCLD, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-OFA, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-OTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-170
RTRV-PMMODE-OTRXFP, TL1
commands 190 10-171
RTRV-PMMODE-SRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-MOTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-132
RTRV-PM-OCLD, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-140
RTRV-PM-OTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-EQPT, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-GFSRM, TL1
commands 190 10-177
RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-180
RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-181
RTRV-PMSCHED-OCI, TL1 performance
Master index 4-69
RTRV-PMSCHED-OCLD, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-OFA, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-189
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-190
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRXFP, TL1
commands 190 10-192
RTRV-PMSCHED-SRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-PM-SRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-PROT, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-60
RTRV-PROT-CRS, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 6-62
RTRV-PROTSW-MOTR, TL1 cross-connect
commands 190 8-14
RTRV-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190
5-119
RTRV-STATUS, TL1 security and
RTRV-STATUS, TL1 system commands 190
3-48
RTRV-SW-VER, TL1 system commands 190
3-49
RTRV-SYNCNSW-SRM, TL1 protection
RTRV-TCACOND-ALL, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-196
RTRV-TH-EQPT, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-GFSRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-MOTR, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-211
RTRV-TH-OCLD, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-215
RTRV-TH-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-216
RTRV-TH-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
RTRV-TH-SRM, TL1 performance
RTRV-TIDS, TL1 equipment commands, ETS
RTRV-USER, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-49
RTRV-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
RTRV-USER-SECU, TL1 security and
RTRV-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190
5-121
rules
deploying network topologies
combined compound 110 3-54
CWDM linear 110 3-41
CWDM ring 110 3-47
DWDM linear 110 3-37
DWDM ring 110 3-44
ITU CWDM linear 110 3-42
ITU CWDM ring 110 3-48
OMX-less linear 110 3-43
equipping 110 12-1
4-70 Master index
S
safety standards 180 5-2
circuit packs 201 1-38, 210 1-37
handling optical fibers 201 1-35, 210 1-34
Hazard Level Indicator label, selecting 201
1-25, 210 1-24
label kit for HIP OFA 201 1-19, 210 1-19
labelling 201 1-6, 210 1-6
laser radiation 201 1-3, 210 1-3
regulatory labels 180 5-10
repairing optical fibers 201 1-36, 210 1-35
splicing optical fibers 201 1-36, 210 1-35
static electricity 201 1-37, 210 1-36
saving 310 1-117
event log 310 1-28
System Manager information 310 1-50
SAV-PROV, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-52
SC connector, cleaning (simplex or
duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8
SCHED-PMREPT-ALL, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-EQPT, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-GFSRM, TL1
commands 190 10-228
SCHED-PMREPT-MOTR, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-230
SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-231
SCHED-PMREPT-OCI, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-OCLD, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-OFA, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-OTR, TL1 performance
SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-236
SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-237
SCHED-PMREPT-OTRXFP, TL1
commands 190 10-238
SCHED-PMREPT-SRM, TL1 performance
security
alarms, events, notifications 110 11-53
management, ETS Comms module 190
17-1
managing 310 2-1
planning network security 110 11-1
security alarms
IKE Failures 542 22-8
Incompatible Provisioning - IPSec 542
22-12
Intrusion Attempt 542 22-3
IPSec Errors 542 22-10
Primary RADIUS Server Unavailable 542
22-5
RADIUS Server(s) Unavailable 542 22-6
Secondary RADIUS Server
security and access permissions, TL1
interface 190 1-4
security and administration commands, TL1
interface 190 2-1
security association (SA)
about 110 11-24
database (SADB) 110 11-25
security policy database (SPD) 110 11-25
Security window 101 7-154
serial site configuration and link budgets 110
3-156, 110 9-9
about 110 3-1
bookended and interoperable
topologies 110 3-59
channel assignments 110 3-4, 110 3-5
definition 110 1-3
Master index 4-71
service layer (continued)
implementing bookended topologies with
sub-rate multiplexer OCIs 110 3-62,
110 3-91
implementing bookended topologies with
sub-rate multiplexer OCIs or
Muxponders 110 3-59
implementing interoperable topologies with
Muxponders 110 3-66
OCI SRM 110 3-65
OCI SRM ESCON 110 3-64
OCI SRM GbE/FC 110 3-62
mapping to optical layer 110 1-7, 110 3-54
optical channel, definition 110 3-2
optical channels on bridged hub and spoke
topologies 110 3-57
optical channels on bridged ring
topologies 110 3-58
optical channels on hub and spoke
topologies 110 3-56
optical channels on linear topologies 110
3-55
optical channels on ring topologies 110
3-56
SET-ACO-COM, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-160
SET-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event commands,
SET-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event commands,
SET-ATTR-CONT, TL1 environment and
12-17
SET-ATTR-CSA, TL1 security and
SET-ATTR-ENV, TL1 environment and
12-18
SET-ATTR-IFS, TL1 system commands 190
3-51
SET-ATTR-REMAUTH, TL1 security and
SET-ATTR-SECUALM, TL1 security and
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT, TL1 security and
SET-ATTR-SECULOG, TL1 security and
SET-BANNER-LINE, TL1 security and
SET-CFG-CONT, TL1 environment and
12-20
SET-CFG-ENV, TL1 environment and
12-21
SET-CHALLENGE-SECRET, TL1 security
and administration commands 190
2-57
SET-NE-OSID, TL1 equipment
commands 190 4-36
SET-NETYPE, TL1 system commands 190
3-52
SET-PMMODE-GFSRM, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-MOTR, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFP, TL1
commands 190 10-241
SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-242
SET-PMMODE-OCI, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-OCLD, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-OFA, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-OTR, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS, TL1
commands 190 10-248
4-72 Master index
SET-PMMODE-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
SET-PMMODE-SRM, TL1 performance
SET-SID, TL1 security and administration
commands 190 2-59
SET-SID, TL1 security and administration
17-38
SET-TCACOND-ALL, TL1 performance
SET-TH-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-251
SET-TH-GFSRM, TL1 performance
SET-TH-MOTR, TL1 performance
SET-TH-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance
SET-TH-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
SET-TH-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-258
SET-TH-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-260
SET-TH-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-261
SET-TH-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-262
SET-TH-OTRSFP, TL1 performance
SET-TH-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance
SET-TH-OTRXFP, TL1 performance
SET-TH-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring
commands 190 10-268
SFP module 102 8-17
adapter housing, cleaning 201 10-19, 210
9-20
installing 201 8-11, 210 7-14
installing into OME1110 201 5-12
ordering 110 13-66
replacing 546 3-61
shelf
5100
assembly kit, ordering 110 13-10
connectors 102 2-8
dimensions 180 1-5
filler card 180 2-182
power consumption 180 6-7
weight 180 1-5
5200
dimensions 180 1-3
filler card 180 2-182
ordering 110 13-9
power consumption 180 6-1
weight 180 1-3
about 110 2-17
backing up configuration data 310 1-105
changing configuration information 310
1-79, 310 1-91, 310 4-12
changing TID 310 1-103
commissioning from backup file 220 3-29
commissioning with Commissioning
Wizard 220 3-8
configuring external management 310
4-16
configuring shelf surveillance 310 4-16
connecting with cross-over Ethernet 201
7-32, 210 6-18
date and time for primary 101 1-2
decommissioning 310 4-3
deleting 310 4-9
determining rack position 210 4-6
format 102 1-1
front- or mid-mounting 210 4-16
front-mounting with vertical fiber
brackets 201 4-33
grounding 201 4-44, 210 4-19
installing 201 4-1
installing equipment drawers 201 4-140
installing rack mounting brackets 210 4-9
installing the air baffle 201 4-41
lamp test 222 1-7
layout 102 1-3
management 310 4-1
modified assembly for 5200 110 2-18, 110
2-20
Master index 4-73
shelf (continued)
Optical Metro 5100
alarm indicators 102 2-6
COTEL connectors 102 2-7
cover 102 2-11
description 102 2-1
installation kit 102 3-1
installing 210 4-1
layout 102 2-1
power unit 102 2-2
Optical Metro 5200
cover 102 1-14
fiber management trough 102 1-14
installation kit 102 3-1
layouts 102 1-3
optical signal continuity test through
OMXs 222 1-23
at an OADM site that uses single-shelf
wiring 222 1-37
optical signal test 222 1-10
positions in rack or cabinet 201 4-9
restarting 310 4-10
alarms 542 3-2
events 542 3-2
warnings 542 3-2
restoring configuration data 310 1-108
seating circuit packs (Optical Metro 5100
shelf) 220 3-53
seating circuit packs (Optical Metro 5200
shelf) 220 3-47
selecting in System Manager 310 1-44
signal continuity test 222 1-50
sorting on System Manager 310 1-46
standard assembly for 5100 110 2-20
standard assembly for 5200 110 2-17
shelf alarms
All Database Copies are Unavailable 542
14-4
Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 14-7
Breaker A Tripped 542 14-9
Breaker B Tripped 542 14-9
shelf alarms (continued)
connecting 201 7-4, 210 6-5
Cooling Unit Failed/Missing 542 14-11
Data Recovery Failure 542 14-13
Database Redundancy is Unavailable 542
14-14
DNS Suffix Mismatch 542 14-16
Ethernet Port 10BaseT 1X Failure 542
14-17
Ethernet Port 10BaseT 2X Failure 542
14-19
Loss of Contact With NTP Source 542
14-21
Parallel Telemetry Scan Point 542 14-22
Power Feed A Low/Missing alarm 542
14-27
Power Feed B Low/Missing alarm 542
14-27
SBUS Failure 542 14-29
Software Library Missing 542 14-30
Software Library Transfer Incomplete 542
14-32
Software Upgrade in Progress 542 14-33
Temperature Out of Range 542 14-34
Temperature Out of Range Warning 542
14-36
VAC Failed/Missing 542 14-38
shelf assembly, choosing 110 12-34
shelf components
replacing 546 2-1
replacing on PTS shelf 546 2-192
Shelf Configuration window 101 7-113
shelf cover
installing 201 4-162, 210 4-92
Optical Metro 5100 102 2-11
Optical Metro 5200 102 1-14
removing 201 4-162, 210 4-92
shelf extension, for NEBS compliance 102
1-14
shelf lamps, testing 222 1-7
shelf level graphics 101 1-6
circuit pack details, displaying 310 1-121
displaying 310 1-119
Shelf Level Graphics window 101 7-53
field descriptions 101 7-53
shelf level parameters, performance
monitoring 101 7-148
4-74 Master index
Shelf List window 101 7-129
shelf location
ETS 102 26-11
Extended Metro DWDM solution 102
33-5
shelf surveillance, configuring in the System
Manager 310 4-16
shipment, checking for damage 201 2-4, 210
2-3
signal continuity, testing 222 1-50
signal flow
ECT 102 18-3
Extended Metro DWDM solution
DSCM 102 33-4
OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 102 15-11
15-24
OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager 102 15-11
OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps 102
15-20
OMX 4CH DWDM CPL 102 15-11
15-25
OSC tray 102 16-6
PBE 102 19-5
single-band CWDM OMX
site
connecting to backbone 221 3-270
definition 110 2-2
environment 110 12-2
floor area, preparing 201 3-3, 210 3-3
floor space 110 12-4
parallel configuration 110 3-156
power 110 12-3
site (continued)
requirements 110 12-1, 110 12-2
sample equipment layout 110 12-53, 110
12-57, 110 12-59
serial configuration 110 3-156
testing wiring for intrasite fault
sectionalization 222 1-67
Site Details window 101 7-10
SLEC
component status 542 2-31
components 222 2-4
event reporting 542 2-14
feature summary 101 6-27
modes of operation 222 2-5
operation 222 2-3
required user provisioning 222 2-9
site status 542 2-23
starting or stopping 222 2-126
status descriptions and
system status 542 2-17
topology considerations 542 2-9
troubleshooting
slot configurations
5100 110 12-12
5200 110 12-4
examples 110 12-23
fixed and flexible 110 12-16
OFA shelf 110 12-17
small form factor pluggable module. See SFP
module
SNMP
community name, changing 310 2-16
configuring SNMP parameters 310 2-49
enabling or disabling SNMP version 310
2-48
MIB CD-ROM, ordering 110 13-8
renewing SNMPv3 authentication and
privacy keys 310 2-51
surveillance MIB 101 5-1
timeout percentage, changing 310 1-56
traps 310 4-16
SNMPv3 110 11-1
Master index 4-75
software
delivery kits, ordering 110 13-4
download 101 1-4
downloading (Solaris) 220 1-26
downloading (Windows) 220 1-7
transferring from CD (Solaris) 220 1-26
transferring from CD (Windows) 220 1-7
upgrade 101 1-4
upgrade kits, ordering 110 13-5
software load
testing new 220 3-58, 220 3-59
upgrading on a replacement SP circuit pack
PC 546 3-128
Preside 546 3-130
Solaris 546 3-129
Software Upgrade window 101 7-131
Solaris, troubleshooting, environment
variables 542 1-3
sorting
information windows 310 1-48
shelves 310 1-46
SP alarms
Database Backup Failure 542 14-39
Database Restore Failure 542 14-40
Intrasite Communication Failure 542
14-41, 542 14-43
Software Below Baseline 542 14-45
SP circuit pack
about 102 11-1, 110 2-8
faceplates 102 11-5
indicator lamps 102 11-5, 102 11-6
locations 102 11-6
loopbacks 102 11-6
ordering 110 13-8
replacing 546 3-100
span margins 110 5-6
specifications
specifications (continued)
cable pinouts 180 1-12, 201 7-33, 201
7-39, 210 6-19, 210 6-23
cable sizes 180 1-13
COTEL 180 1-14
DSCM latency 180 2-197
DSCMs 180 1-31
ECT 180 1-33
environmental 180 1-2
Gigabit Ethernet frame length 180 2-191
latency 180 2-187
mandatory regulations 180 5-3
mode-conditioning plug 180 1-43
Muxponder latency 180 2-193
OCI SRM 1310 nm latency 180 2-193
OCI SRM circuit pack 180 2-8
OME1110 180 2-183
OMX module 180 1-17
OSC tray 180 1-28
PBE 180 1-34
port 180 1-9
protection switch time 180 4-5
shelf dimensions, 5100 180 1-5
shelf dimensions, 5200 180 1-3
splitter/coupler drawer 180 1-54
standards compliance 180 5-2
weight, 5100 shelf 180 1-5
weight, 5200 shelf 180 1-3
4-76 Master index
splitter/coupler
splitter/coupler tray, dual filter drawer
stacked fibering, OMX 110 3-119
STA-LAMP-TST, TL1 alarm and event
commands 190 11-160, 190 11-161
standard fibering, OMX 110 3-118
standards
Optical Metro 5100/5200 compliance 180
5-2
safety 180 5-2
TL1 interface, compliance 190 1-3
start of frame delimiter 110 3-101
subnet mask 110 10-20
subrate and extended reach details,
subtending equipment
connecting
Muxponder 10Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit
pack when carrying bidirectional
traffic 221 3-240
Muxponder 10Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit
pack when carrying unidirectional
traffic 221 3-254
OCI circuit packs to 221 3-193, 221
3-225
OCI SRM circuit pack to through patch
panel 221 3-199, 221 3-231
OCI SRM ESCON circuit pack to
through patch panel 221 3-208
OCI SRM GbE circuit pack to 221
3-219
OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack to 221
3-219
OSC WSC ports 221 3-102
OTR circuit pack to 221 3-159
summary path alarms, Muxponder 10 Gbit/s
GbE/FC VCAT 102 8-75
surveillance (external), configuring for a
shelf 310 4-16
Surveillance window 101 7-127
system
testing 222 1-50
System Level Equalization Control
window 101 7-9
System Level Equalization Control. See SLEC
System Manager
about 101 1-3
access privileges, about 310 1-2
access through IP addresses 310 1-3
accessing information windows 101 7-14
accessing windows 101 1-9
acknowledge visual alarms 310 1-42
add information 310 1-52
alarm banner 101 1-8, 101 7-14
alarm list, printing 310 1-41
alarm management 101 1-4
alarms, clearing security alarms 310 2-29
alarms list, saving 310 1-40
applet 101 1-6
automatic laser recovery
disabling 310 1-123
enabling 310 1-123
automatic laser shutdown
disabling 310 1-122
enabling 310 1-122
card values or circuit pack type values 101
7-17
centralized security administration
chained, provisioning 310 1-67
challenge/response shared secret,
changing 310 2-27
querying 310 1-55
command options 101 7-2
commands and menu options 101 7-2
Commissioning Wizard, about 101 1-1
communications settings 310 1-68
configuration data, restoring 310 1-108
configuring
DHCP (Windows) 220 1-38, 220 3-4
Ethernet connection (Windows) 220
1-29
external modem 220 7-6
remote connection to 220 7-1
SNMP parameters 310 2-49
connecting remote computer to Optical
Metro 5100/5200 network 220 7-3
Master index 4-77
System Manager
date and time 101 1-2, 101 7-160
date and time, setting 310 1-57
DCN gateway settings
editing 310 1-22
setting 310 1-22
delete information 310 1-52
dial-up connection (Windows) 220 7-12
diverse routing, setting for Muxponder
10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT circuit
packs 310 3-287
DNS proxy service
disabling 310 1-74
enabling 310 1-74
setting 310 1-76
equipment configuration 101 1-3
Ethernet port 1 IP forwarding,
Ethernet port 2 access control,
event buffers 101 1-5
event console
clearing 310 1-31
viewing 310 1-27
event history 101 1-5
event logs, saving 310 1-28
events, viewing history 310 1-25
exiting 310 1-128
external management, configuring 310
4-16
facilities, querying 310 1-54
facility configuration 101 1-3
field descriptions 101 7-2
health check report 310 1-117
health check, performing 310 1-114
hubbed, provisioning 310 1-67
information windows 101 7-14
installing 220 1-1
intrusion attempts handling, setting 310
2-22
inventory list, querying 310 1-53
IP addresses
access 310 1-3
setting up 310 1-68
System Manager (continued)
IPSec provisioning
configuring a security policy 310 2-33
disabling IPSec, from Security
menu 310 2-31
provisioning Internet Key Exchange
(IKE) 310 2-32
setting violation alert threshold 310
2-32
layer and signal values 101 7-19
locating alarms with 542 3-1, 542 3-2
logging into network 310 1-11
login 101 1-5
login user list, viewing 310 2-13
main window 101 1-7
manual laser recovery, performing 310
1-125
menu bar 101 1-8, 101 7-2
menu options 101 7-2
modify information 310 1-52
Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s GbE/FC EFM circuit
packs
provisioning a hairpin 310 3-278
provisioning EFM 310 3-276
network connections 101 1-6
network shelf selector 101 1-7, 101 7-2
network shelf selector icons 101 7-2
network, site, shelf names 101 1-1
OME1110
displaying equipment information 310
3-280
restarting 310 3-289
OME6500 40G integration. See OME6500
40G integration
OSID, provisioning 310 3-152
OTR 10Gbit/s Ultra 10GbE circuit pack,
OPU-PTI byte setting 310 3-290
passive slot numbering
disabling 310 1-127
enabling 310 1-127
password rules 310 2-1
password, changing 310 2-14
performance monitoring 101 1-4, 101 1-5
platform requirements 180 4-2
port values 101 7-18
4-78 Master index
printing information 310 1-51
printing, event lists 310 1-30
protection management 101 1-4
provisioning
client conditioning Muxponder 10 Gbit/s
OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit 310
3-281
Ethernet port alarms 310 1-60
TCM channels
FEC threshold
RADIUS server
refreshing windows 101 7-15
remote access 220 7-3
disabling 310 1-126
enabling 310 1-126
renewing SNMPv3 authentication and
privacy keys 310 2-51
saving information 310 1-50
security 101 1-5
security, managing 310 2-1
selecting shelves 101 1-8
sessions 101 1-6
shelf addressing 101 1-2
shelf configuration data, backing up 310
1-105
shelf icons 101 1-8
shelf level graphics 101 1-6
shelf level graphics, displaying 310 1-119
shelf surveillance 101 1-2
shelf surveillance, configuring 310 4-16
shelves
selecting 310 1-44
sorting 310 1-46
slot values 101 7-18
SNMP
community name, changing 310 2-16
SNMP version, setting 310 2-48
timeout percentage, changing 310 1-56
software download 101 1-4
software upgrade 101 1-4
sorting information 310 1-48
system requirements 101 1-7
telemetry alarms, configuring 310 1-33
telemetry ports, configuring 310 1-33
TID, changing 310 1-103
time stamps 101 7-160
transferring software (Solaris) 220 1-26
transferring software (Windows) 220 1-7
user account
adding 310 2-6
changing 310 2-8
deleting 310 2-12
managing 310 2-1
viewing details 310 2-5
user administration 101 1-5
user interface 101 7-2
user levels, about 310 1-2
view information 310 1-52
viewing
facility information 101 7-49
inventory information 101 7-49
IP statistics 310 2-42
line card adjacencies 310 10-6
USM user profile 310 2-44
window hierarchy 101 1-9, 101 7-14
System Manager windows
Active Alarms window 101 7-42
Add User window 101 7-156
Admin window 101 7-130
Alarm Details window 101 7-43
Arrange Shelves window 101 7-130
Channel Assignments window 101 7-95,
101 7-98
Client to Line Side Path Mapping
window 101 7-108
Communications window 101 7-112
Configuration window 101 7-110
Connections window 101 7-95
Equipment window 101 7-49
Event Console window 101 7-44
Event Details window 101 7-47
Event History window 101 7-46
External Manager Entry window 101
7-128
Facilities window 101 7-69
Fault window 101 7-42
Interface Statistics window 101 7-151
Inventory window 101 7-50
Master index 4-79
System Manager windows (continued)
IP Routing Table window 101 7-150
IPSec Provision 101 7-12
IPSec Statistics window 101 7-158
Launch PM window 101 7-137
Login User List window 101 7-157, 101
7-158
main window 101 6-6, 101 6-18, 101 7-2
Modify User window 101 7-155
Naming window 101 7-110
NE Admin window 101 7-133
Parallel Telemetry Input window 101 7-94
Parallel Telemetry Output window 101
7-95
Path Summary window 101 7-107
Performance Monitor window 101 7-137
Security window 101 7-154
Shelf Configuration window 101 7-113
Shelf Level Graphics window 101 7-53
Shelf List window 101 7-129
Site Details window 101 7-10
Software Upgrade window 101 7-131
Surveillance window 101 7-127
System Level Equalization Control
window 101 7-9
Telemetry window 101 7-93
Timing window 101 7-106
Troubleshooting window 101 7-150
User Profile List window 101 7-154
T
TCA. See threshold crossing alert
telemetry alarms
configuring 310 1-33
connecting to a 1U APRS rectifier 210
6-13
telemetry alarms. See COTEL interface
telemetry cable, routing 210 6-10
telemetry connections
5100 shelf 180 1-16
5200 shelf 180 1-15
telemetry equipment, connecting 201 7-4,
210 6-5
telemetry ports, configuring 310 1-33
Telemetry window 101 7-93
Telnet
accessing 190 1-8
commissioned shelves 190 1-26
uncommissioned shelf 190 1-30
temperature, operating environment 180 1-2
terms, list of 090 3-1
testing
optical continuity through OMXs 222 1-23
optical continuity through OMXs at an
OADM site that uses single-shelf
wiring 222 1-37
optical signal through a WDM OMX 222
1-10
OSC installation 222 1-64
power connections 201 6-74, 210 5-64
procedures 222 1-1
shelf lamps 222 1-7
signal continuity 222 1-50
system 222 1-50
tests
graduated loopback test 542 4-29
Muxponder client-side to Muxponder
client-side continuity 542 4-13
Muxponder to OMX continuity 542 4-21
new software load 220 3-58, 220 3-59
OCI to OCLD continuity 542 4-13
OCI to OMX continuity 542 4-21
optical continuity 542 4-8
OTR client-side to OTR client-side
continuity 542 4-13
OTR to OMX continuity 542 4-21
threshold crossing alert 101 3-51
threshold setting recommendations, Photonic
Trunk Switch 101 3-79
TID, ETS Comms module 220 4-13
time and date, ETS 220 4-17
time, setting 310 1-57
timestamps
Timing window 101 7-106
4-80 Master index
TL1
about 190 1-1
access identifier 190 1-9
access identifiers 190 1-16
command acknowledgement 190 1-12
command structure 190 1-10
configuration 190 1-8
correlation tag 190 1-9
default TID 190 1-6
ETS Comms module commands 190 17-1
ETS Switch module commands 190 18-1
gateway network element 190 1-32
mandatory punctuation 190 1-12
message notation 190 1-9
messages 190 1-13
messages, ETS Comms module 190 16-1
messages, ETS Switch module 190 16-1
multiple sessions 190 1-6
parameter value grouping 190 1-12
password identifier 190 1-4
prompt 190 1-3
security access levels 190 1-4
source identifier 190 1-5
target identifier 190 1-5
timestamps 190 1-13
user identifier 190 1-4
TL1 alarm and event commands
ALW-DBREPT-ALL 190 11-4
ALW-MSG-ALL 190 11-4
ALW-MSG-SECU 190 11-5
ALW-UPSN 190 11-6
CLR-ALM-SECU 190 11-6
INH-DBREPT-ALL 190 11-7
INH-MSG-ALL 190 11-8
INH-MSG-SECU 190 11-9
INH-UPSN 190 11-9
OPR-ACO-COM 190 11-10
RTRV-ACO-COM 190 11-10
RTRV-ALM-ALL 190 11-11
RTRV-ALM-APBE 190 11-30
RTRV-ALM-COM 190 11-33
RTRV-ALM-EQPT 190 11-36
RTRV-ALM-GFSRM 190 11-39
RTRV-ALM-MOTR 190 11-42
RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFP 190 11-45
TL1 alarm and event commands (continued)
RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFPLS 190 11-49
RTRV-ALM-OCI 190 11-51
RTRV-ALM-OCLD 190 11-54
RTRV-ALM-OFA 190 11-57
RTRV-ALM-OHCHN 190 11-60
RTRV-ALM-OMX 190 11-63
RTRV-ALM-OSC 190 11-66
RTRV-ALM-OTR 190 11-69
RTRV-ALM-OTRSFP 190 11-72
RTRV-ALM-OTRSFPLS 190 11-75
RTRV-ALM-OTRXFP 190 11-78
RTRV-ALM-SECU 190 11-81
RTRV-ALM-SPLT 190 11-83
RTRV-ALM-SRM 190 11-86
RTRV-ALM-WSC 190 11-90
RTRV-COND-ALL 190 11-93
RTRV-COND-APBE 190 11-96
RTRV-COND-COM 190 11-99
RTRV-COND-EQPT 190 11-101
RTRV-COND-GFSRM 190 11-104
RTRV-COND-MOTR 190 11-107
RTRV-COND-MOTRSFP 190 11-110
RTRV-COND-MOTRSFPLS 190 11-114
RTRV-COND-OCI 190 11-116
RTRV-COND-OCLD 190 11-119
RTRV-COND-OFA 190 11-122
RTRV-COND-OHCHN 190 11-125
RTRV-COND-OMX 190 11-127
RTRV-COND-OSC 190 11-130
RTRV-COND-OTR 190 11-133
RTRV-COND-OTRSFP 190 11-136
RTRV-COND-OTRSFPLS 190 11-139
RTRV-COND-OTRXFP 190 11-142
RTRV-COND-SPLT 190 11-145
RTRV-COND-SRM 190 11-148
RTRV-COND-WSC 190 11-151
RTRV-CP-LOG 190 11-154
RTRV-NE-LOG 190 11-157
SET-ACO-COM 190 11-160
STA-LAMP-TST 190 11-160, 190 11-161
TL1 alarm and events commands, ALW-MSG,
TL1 alarm and events commands, ALW-MSG,
TL1 alarm and events commands, INH-MSG,
Master index 4-81
TL1 alarm and events commands, INH-MSG,
TL1 alarm and events commands,
OPR-ACO-ALL, ETS Comms
module 190 17-57
RTRV-ALM, ETS Comms
module 190 17-58
RTRV-ALM, ETS Switch
module 190 18-23
RTRV-ATTR, ETS Comms
module 190 17-60
RTRV-ATTR, ETS Switch
module 190 18-25
RTRV-COND, ETS Comms
module 190 17-62
RTRV-COND, ETS Switch
module 190 18-27
TL1 alarm and events commands, SET-ATTR,
TL1 alarm and events commands, SET-ATTR,
TL1 autonomous messages
CANC 190 13-5
REPT ALM APBE 190 13-5
REPT ALM COM 190 13-7
REPT ALM ENV 190 13-9
REPT ALM EQPT 190 13-12
REPT ALM GFSRM 190 13-14
REPT ALM MOTR 190 13-16
REPT ALM MOTRSFP 190 13-19
REPT ALM MOTRSFPLS 190 13-21
REPT ALM OCI 190 13-23
REPT ALM OCLD 190 13-25
REPT ALM OFA 190 13-27
REPT ALM OHCHN 190 13-29
REPT ALM OMX 190 13-31
REPT ALM OSC 190 13-33
REPT ALM OTR 190 13-35
REPT ALM OTRSFP 190 13-37
REPT ALM OTRSFPLS 190 13-40
REPT ALM OTRXFP 190 13-42
TL1 autonomous messages (continued)
REPT ALM SECU 190 13-44
REPT ALM SPLT 190 13-45
REPT ALM SRM 190 13-48
REPT ALM WSC 190 13-50
REPT COND APBE 190 13-52
REPT COND COM 190 13-53
REPT COND EQPT 190 13-55
REPT COND GFSRM 190 13-56
REPT COND MOTR 190 13-58
REPT COND MOTRSFP 190 13-60
REPT COND MOTRSFPLS 190 13-61
REPT COND OCI 190 13-63
REPT COND OCLD 190 13-64
REPT COND OFA 190 13-66
REPT COND OHCHN 190 13-67
REPT COND OMX 190 13-69
REPT COND OSC 190 13-70
REPT COND OTR 190 13-72
REPT COND OTRSFP 190 13-73
REPT COND OTRSFPLS 190 13-75
REPT COND OTRXFP 190 13-76
REPT COND SPLT 190 13-78
REPT COND SRM 190 13-79
REPT COND WSC 190 13-81
REPT DBCHG 190 13-82
REPT EVT APBE 190 13-84
REPT EVT COM 190 13-87
REPT EVT EQPT 190 13-89
REPT EVT FXFR 190 13-91
REPT EVT GFSRM 190 13-92
REPT EVT MOTR 190 13-95
REPT EVT MOTRSFP 190 13-97
REPT EVT MOTRSFPLS 190 13-100,
190 13-122
REPT EVT OCI 190 13-102
REPT EVT OCLD 190 13-105
REPT EVT OFA 190 13-108
REPT EVT OHCHN 190 13-110
REPT EVT OMX 190 13-113
REPT EVT OSC 190 13-115
REPT EVT OTR 190 13-117
REPT EVT OTRSFP 190 13-119
REPT EVT OTRXFP 190 13-124
REPT EVT SECU 190 13-127
REPT EVT SESSION 190 13-129
REPT EVT SPLT 190 13-129
4-82 Master index
TL1 autonomous messages (continued)
REPT EVT SRM 190 13-131
REPT EVT WSC 190 13-134
REPT PM EQPT 190 13-136
REPT PM GFSRM 190 13-138
REPT PM MOTR 190 13-139
REPT PM MOTRSFP 190 13-140, 190
13-141
REPT PM OCI 190 13-143
REPT PM OCLD 190 13-144
REPT PM OFA 190 13-145
REPT PM OTR 190 13-146
REPT PM OTRSFP 190 13-148
REPT PM OTRSFPLS 190 13-149
REPT PM OTRXFP 190 13-150
REPT PM SRM 190 13-151
TL1 autonomous messages, CANC, ETS
TL1 autonomous messages, ETS Comms
module 190 17-66
TL1 autonomous messages, REPTÂLM^,
TL1 autonomous messages,
REPTÂLM^SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-69
TL1 autonomous messages, REPTÊVT^,
TL1 autonomous messages,
REPTÊVT^SESSION, ETS Comms
module 190 17-72
TL1 cross-connect commands
DLT-CRS-ALL 190 6-5
DLT-CRS-PATH 190 6-7
ED-CRS-ALL 190 6-8
ED-CRS-OC12 190 6-18
ED-CRS-OC192 190 6-26
ED-CRS-OC24 190 6-21
ED-CRS-OC3 190 6-15
ED-CRS-OC48 190 6-23
ENT-CRS-ALL 190 6-28
ENT-CRS-OC12 190 6-37
ENT-CRS-OC192 190 6-42
ENT-CRS-OC24 190 6-39
ENT-CRS-OC3 190 6-34
ENT-CRS-OC48 190 6-40
ENT-CRS-PATH 190 6-44
RTRV-CID-ALL 190 6-45
TL1 cross-connect commands (continued)
RTRV-CRS-ALL 190 6-47
RTRV-CRS-PATH 190 6-56
RTRV-NE-CX 190 6-58
RTRV-PROT 190 6-60
RTRV-PROT-CRS 190 6-62
RTRV-PROTSW-MOTR 190 8-14
TL1 environment and external control
commands
OPR-EXT-CONT 190 12-2
RLS-EXT-CONT 190 12-4
RTRV-ALM-ENV 190 12-5
RTRV-ATTR-CONT 190 12-9
RTRV-ATTR-ENV 190 12-10
RTRV-CFG-CONT 190 12-12
RTRV-CFG-ENV 190 12-14
RTRV-EXT-CONT 190 12-15
SET-ATTR-CONT 190 12-17
SET-ATTR-ENV 190 12-18
SET-CFG-CONT 190 12-20
SET-CFG-ENV 190 12-21
TL1 equipment commands
DLT-EQPT 190 4-2
ED-EQPT 190 4-3
ENT-EQPT 190 4-6
RMV-EQPT 190 4-13
RST-EQPT 190 4-14
RTRV-EQPT 190 4-14
RTRV-INVENTORY 190 4-27
SET-NE-OSID 190 4-36
TL1 equipment commands, ED-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, ED-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, ED-OC, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RMV-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RMV-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RMV-OCH, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RST-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RST-EQPT, ETS
Master index 4-83
TL1 equipment commands, RST-OCH, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-EQPT, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-INV, ETS
TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-NETYPE,
TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-OCH, ETS
Switch module 190 18-14, 190 18-15
TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-TIDS, ETS
TL1 error codes 190 14-1
TL1 error codes, ETS Switch module 190
18-30
TL1 facility commands
DLT-APBE 190 5-5
DLT-GFSRM 190 5-6
DLT-MOTR 190 5-7
DLT-MOTRSFP 190 5-8
DLT-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-8
DLT-OCI 190 5-9
DLT-OCLD 190 5-10
DLT-OFA 190 5-11
DLT-OSC 190 5-11
DLT-OTR 190 5-12
DLT-OTRSFP 190 5-13
DLT-OTRSFPLS 190 5-13
DLT-OTRXFP 190 5-14
DLT-SRM 190 5-15
DLT-WSCI 190 5-15
ED-APBE 190 5-16
ED-GFSRM 190 5-17
ED-MOTR 190 5-19
ED-MOTRSFP 190 5-21, 190 5-24
ED-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-24
ED-OCI 190 5-24
ED-OCLD 190 5-25
ED-OFA 190 5-26
ED-OSCI 190 5-26
ED-OTR 190 5-27
ED-OTRSFP 190 5-28
ED-OTRSFPLS 190 5-29
ED-OTRXFP 190 5-29
ED-SRM 190 5-31
TL1 facility commands (continued)
ED-WSC 190 5-32
ENT-APBE 190 5-32
ENT-GFSRM 190 5-33
ENT-MOTR 190 5-34
ENT-MOTRSFP 190 5-35
ENT-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-37
ENT-OCI 190 5-38
ENT-OCLD 190 5-38
ENT-OFA 190 5-39
ENT-OSC 190 5-40
ENT-OTR 190 5-41
ENT-OTRSFP 190 5-42
ENT-OTRSFPLS 190 5-43
ENT-OTRXFP 190 5-44
ENT-RMT-USER 190 5-44
ENT-SRM 190 5-45
ENT-WSC 190 5-46
EQ-APBE 190 5-47
EQ-OFA 190 5-48
RMV-ABPE 190 5-48
RMV-GFSRM 190 5-49
RMV-MOTR 190 5-49
RMV-MOTRSFP 190 5-50
RMV-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-51
RMV-OCI 190 5-51
RMV-OCLD 190 5-52
RMV-OFA 190 5-53
RMV-OHCHN 190 5-53
RMV-OSC 190 5-54
RMV-OTR 190 5-55, 190 5-57
RMV-OTRSFP 190 5-56
RMV-OTRSFPLS 190 5-57
RMV-OTRXFP 190 5-57
RMV-SRM 190 5-58
RMV-WSC 190 5-59
RST-APBE 190 5-59
RST-GFSRM 190 5-60
RST-MOTR 190 5-61
RST-MOTRSFP 190 5-61
RST-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-62
RST-OCI 190 5-63
RST-OCLD 190 5-63
RST-OFA 190 5-64
RST-OHCHN 190 5-65
RST-OSC 190 5-65
RST-OTR 190 5-66, 190 5-68
4-84 Master index
RST-OTRSFP 190 5-66
RST-OTRSFPLS 190 5-67
RST-OTRXFP 190 5-68
RST-SRM 190 5-68
RST-WSC 190 5-69
RTRV-AGG 190 5-70
RTRV-APBE 190 5-72
RTRV-CLIENT 190 5-74
RTRV-DFCT-MOTRSFP 190 5-77
RTRV-GFSRM 190 5-78
RTRV-LINE 190 5-84
RTRV-MOTR 190 5-86
RTRV-MOTRSFP 190 5-90
RTRV-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-97
RTRV-OCI 190 5-100
RTRV-OCLD 190 5-102
RTRV-OFA 190 5-104
RTRV-OHCHN 190 5-106
RTRV-OSC 190 5-107
RTRV-OTR 190 5-109
RTRV-OTRSFP 190 5-112
RTRV-OTRSFPLS 190 5-114
RTRV-OTRXFP 190 5-116
RTRV-SRM 190 5-119
RTRV-WSC 190 5-121
TL1 facility loopback commands
OPR-LPBK-GFSRM 190 7-3
OPR-LPBK-MOTR 190 7-4
OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFP 190 7-4
OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS 190 7-5
OPR-LPBK-OCI 190 7-6
OPR-LPBK-OCLD 190 7-7
OPR-LPBK-OSC 190 7-8
OPR-LPBK-OTR 190 7-9
OPR-LPBK-OTRSFP 190 7-10
OPR-LPBK-OTRSFPLS 190 7-11
OPR-LPBK-OTRXFP 190 7-11
OPR-LPBK-SRM 190 7-12
OPR-LPBK-WSC 190 7-13
RLS-LPBK-GFSRM 190 7-14
RLS-LPBK-MOTR 190 7-15
RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFP 190 7-16
RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS 190 7-17
RLS-LPBK-OCI 190 7-18
RLS-LPBK-OCLD 190 7-18
RLS-LPBK-OSC 190 7-19
RLS-LPBK-OTR 190 7-20
TL1 facility loopback commands (continued)
RLS-LPBK-OTRSFP 190 7-21
RLS-LPBK-OTRSFPLS 190 7-22
RLS-LPBK-OTRXFP 190 7-22
RLS-LPBK-SRM 190 7-23
RLS-LPBK-WSC 190 7-24
TL1 interface
alarm and event commands 190 11-1
alarm commands 190 11-1
automatic reports 190 13-1
backing up shelf configuration data 190
15-2
configuration 190 1-8
creating channel assignments 190 6-1
cross-connect commands 190 6-1
environment commands 190 12-1
equipment commands 190 4-1
error codes 190 14-1
establishing a connection 190 1-26, 190
1-30
facility commands 190 5-1
facility loopback commands 190 7-1
message headers 190 1-15
message notation 190 1-9
messages 190 1-13
network element identification 190 1-8
operational measurement commands 190
9-1
performance monitoring commands 190
10-1
protection switching commands 190 8-1
response format 190 1-14
restoring shelf configuration data 190 15-7
security and access permissions 190 1-4
security and administration
commands 190 2-1
timestamps 190 1-13
troubleshooting backup failure 190 15-13
troubleshooting restore failure 190 15-15
using the Optical Metro gateway network
element 190 1-32
Master index 4-85
TL1 operational measurement commands
INIT-OMREG-EQPT 190 9-2
INIT-OMREG-GFSRM 190 9-3
INIT-OMREG-MOTRSFP 190 9-4
INIT-OMREG-OTR 190 9-5
INIT-OMREG-OTRXFP 190 9-7
RTRV-OM-ALL 190 9-8
RTRV-OM-GFSRM 190 9-13
RTRV-OM-MOTRSFP 190 9-16
RTRV-OM-OTR 190 9-19
RTRV-OM-OTRXFP 190 9-22
RTRV-OMTYPE-GFSRM 190 9-24
RTRV-OMTYPE-MOTRSFP 190 9-26
RTRV-OMTYPE-OTR 190 9-27
RTRV-OMTYPE-OTRXFP 190 9-29
TL1 performance monitoring commands
ALW-PMREPT-ALL 190 10-8
ALW-PMREPT-EQPT 190 10-9
ALW-PMREPT-GFSRM 190 10-10
ALW-PMREPT-MOTR 190 10-11
ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFP 190 10-12
ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-12
ALW-PMREPT-OCI 190 10-13
ALW-PMREPT-OCLD 190 10-14
ALW-PMREPT-OFA 190 10-15
ALW-PMREPT-OTR 190 10-16
ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFP 190 10-17
ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS 190 10-18
ALW-PMREPT-OTRXFP 190 10-18
ALW-PMREPT-SRM 190 10-19
ED-TCA-ALL 190 10-20
ED-TCA-EQPT 190 10-21
ED-TCA-GFSRM 190 10-22
ED-TCA-MOTR 190 10-25
ED-TCA-MOTRSFP 190 10-30, 190
10-34
ED-TCA-OCI 190 10-36
ED-TCA-OCLD 190 10-37
ED-TCA-OFA 190 10-39
ED-TCA-OTR 190 10-40
ED-TCA-OTRSFP 190 10-46
ED-TCA-OTRSFPLS 190 10-47
ED-TCA-OTRXFP 190 10-48
ED-TCA-SRM 190 10-50
INH-PMREPT-ALL 190 10-54
INH-PMREPT-EQPT 190 10-54
INH-PMREPT-GFSRM 190 10-55
(continued)
INH-PMREPT-MOTR 190 10-56
INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFP 190 10-57
INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-58
INH-PMREPT-OCI 190 10-59
INH-PMREPT-OCLD 190 10-59
INH-PMREPT-OFA 190 10-60
INH-PMREPT-OTR 190 10-61
INH-PMREPT-OTRSFP 190 10-62
INH-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS 190 10-62
INH-PMREPT-OTRXFP 190 10-63
INH-PMREPT-SRM 190 10-64
INIT-REG-ALL 190 10-65
INIT-REG-EQPT 190 10-66
INIT-REG-GFSRM 190 10-67
INIT-REG-MOTR 190 10-69
INIT-REG-MOTRSFP 190 10-70
INIT-REG-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-72
INIT-REG-OCI 190 10-74
INIT-REG-OCLD 190 10-76
INIT-REG-OFA 190 10-77
INIT-REG-OTR 190 10-79
INIT-REG-OTRSFP 190 10-80
INIT-REG-OTRSFPLS 190 10-82
INIT-REG-OTRXFP 190 10-83
INIT-REG-SRM 190 10-85
RTRV-MONTYPE-EQPT 190 10-86
RTRV-MONTYPE-GFSRM 190 10-89
RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTR 190 10-91
RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFP 190 10-94
RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFPLS 190
10-97
RTRV-MONTYPE-OCI 190 10-98
RTRV-MONTYPE-OCLD 190 10-100
RTRV-MONTYPE-OFA 190 10-102
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTR 190 10-103
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFP 190 10-105
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFPLS 190
10-106
RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRXFP 190 10-107
RTRV-MONTYPE-SRM 190 10-108
RTRV-PM-EQPT 190 10-117
RTRV-PM-GFSRM 190 10-120
RTRV-PMMODE-GFSRM 190 10-157
RTRV-PMMODE-MOTR 190 10-159
RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFP 190 10-161
4-86 Master index
(continued)
RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS 190
10-162
RTRV-PMMODE-OCI 190 10-164
RTRV-PMMODE-OCLD 190 10-165
RTRV-PMMODE-OFA 190 10-167
RTRV-PMMODE-OTR 190 10-168
RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFP 190 10-169
RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS 190
10-170
RTRV-PMMODE-OTRXFP 190 10-171
RTRV-PMMODE-SRM 190 10-173
RTRV-PM-MOTR 190 10-123
RTRV-PM-MOTRSFP 190 10-127
RTRV-PM-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-130
RTRV-PM-OCI 190 10-132
RTRV-PM-OCLD 190 10-136
RTRV-PM-OFA 190 10-140
RTRV-PM-OTR 190 10-143
RTRV-PM-OTRSFP 190 10-146
RTRV-PM-OTRSFPLS 190 10-149
RTRV-PM-OTRXFP 190 10-151
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL 190 10-174
RTRV-PMSCHED-EQPT 190 10-176
RTRV-PMSCHED-GFSRM 190 10-177
RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTR 190 10-178
RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFP 190
10-180
RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFPLS 190
10-181
RTRV-PMSCHED-OCI 190 10-183
RTRV-PMSCHED-OCLD 190 10-184
RTRV-PMSCHED-OFA 190 10-186
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTR 190 10-187
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFP 190 10-189
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFPLS 190
10-190
RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRXFP 190 10-192
RTRV-PMSCHED-SRM 190 10-193
RTRV-PM-SRM 190 10-154
RTRV-TCACOND-ALL 190 10-194
RTRV-TH-ALL 190 10-196
RTRV-TH-EQPT 190 10-200
RTRV-TH-GFSRM 190 10-202
RTRV-TH-MOTR 190 10-203
RTRV-TH-MOTRSFP 190 10-207
(continued)
RTRV-TH-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-209
RTRV-TH-OCI 190 10-211
RTRV-TH-OCLD 190 10-213
RTRV-TH-OFA 190 10-215
RTRV-TH-OTR 190 10-216
RTRV-TH-OTRSFP 190 10-219
RTRV-TH-OTRSFPLS 190 10-221
RTRV-TH-OTRXFP 190 10-223
RTRV-TH-SRM 190 10-225
SCHED-PMREPT-ALL 190 10-227
SCHED-PMREPT-EQPT 190 10-228
SCHED-PMREPT-GFSRM 190 10-228
SCHED-PMREPT-MOTR 190 10-229
SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFP 190
10-230
SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS 190
10-231
SCHED-PMREPT-OCI 190 10-232
SCHED-PMREPT-OCLD 190 10-233
SCHED-PMREPT-OFA 190 10-234
SCHED-PMREPT-OTR 190 10-235
SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFP 190 10-236
SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS 190
10-237
SCHED-PMREPT-OTRXFP 190 10-238
SCHED-PMREPT-SRM 190 10-239
SET-PMMODE-GFSRM 190 10-239
SET-PMMODE-MOTR 190 10-240
SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFP 190 10-241
SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS 190
10-242
SET-PMMODE-OCI 190 10-243
SET-PMMODE-OCLD 190 10-244
SET-PMMODE-OFA 190 10-245
SET-PMMODE-OTR 190 10-246
SET-PMMODE-OTRSFP 190 10-247
SET-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS 190 10-248
SET-PMMODE-OTRXFP 190 10-248
SET-PMMODE-SRM 190 10-249
SET-TCACOND-ALL 190 10-250
SET-TH-EQPT 190 10-251
SET-TH-GFSRM 190 10-253
SET-TH-MOTR 190 10-254
SET-TH-MOTRSFP 190 10-256
SET-TH-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-257
Master index 4-87
(continued)
SET-TH-OCI 190 10-258
SET-TH-OCLD 190 10-260
SET-TH-OFA 190 10-261
SET-TH-OTR 190 10-262
SET-TH-OTRSFP 190 10-264
SET-TH-OTRSFPLS 190 10-265
SET-TH-OTRXFP 190 10-266
SET-TH-SRM 190 10-268
TL1 protection switching commands
OPR-PROTNSW-EQPT 190 8-2
OPR-PROTNSW-MOTR 190 8-3
OPR-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS 190 8-4
OPR-PROTNSW-OCLD 190 8-5
OPR-PROTNSW-OTR 190 8-6
OPR-SYNCNSW-SRM 190 8-7
RLS-PROTNSW-EQPT 190 8-8
RLS-PROTNSW-MOTR 190 8-9
RLS-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS 190 8-10
RLS-PROTNSW-OCLD 190 8-11
RLS-PROTNSW-OTR 190 8-11
RTRV-SYNCNSW-SRM 190 8-12
TL1 protection switching commands,
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH, ETS Switch
module 190 18-17
TL1 protection switching commands,
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH, ETS Switch
module 190 18-19
TL1 security and administration commands
ACT-USER 190 2-5
ALW-USER-SECU 190 2-6
APPLY 190 2-7
CANC-PROV 190 2-8
CANC-USER 190 2-8
CHK-HLTH 190 2-9
CHK-HLTH-REPT 190 2-10
CHK-PROV 190 2-11
CMMT-PROV 190 2-12
COPY-RFILE 190 2-13
DLT-BANNER 190 2-15
DLT-IPSEC-PLCY 190 2-16
DLT-USER-SECU 190 2-17
ED-DAT 190 2-17
ED-IKE-PLCY 190 2-18
ED-IPSEC-PLCY 190 2-19
ED-PID 190 2-23
TL1 security and administration commands
(continued)
ED-SECU-PID 190 2-24
ED-USER-CMNTY 190 2-25
ED-USER-SECU 190 2-26
ENT-CHALLENGE-RESPONSE 190
2-27
ENT-IPSEC-PLCY 190 2-28
ENT-USER-SECU 190 2-30
INH-USER-SECU 190 2-31
INIT-WARM 190 2-32
RST-PROV 190 2-32
RTRV-ATTR-CSA 190 2-34
RTRV-ATTR-REMAUTH 190 2-36
RTRV-AUDIT-SECULOG 190 2-37
RTRV-BANNER 190 2-38
RTRV-CHALLENGE 190 2-39
RTRV-DFLT-SECU 190 2-40
RTRV-HDR 190 2-41
RTRV-IKE-PLCY 190 2-42
RTRV-IPSEC-ACTV 190 2-43
RTRV-IPSEC-PROV 190 2-45
RTRV-IPSEC-SA 190 2-47
RTRV-USER 190 2-49
RTRV-USER-SECU 190 2-51
SAV-PROV 190 2-52
SET-ATTR-CSA 190 2-53
SET-ATTR-REMAUTH 190 2-55
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT 190 2-55
SET-BANNER-LINE 190 2-56
SET-CHALLENGE-SECRET 190 2-57
SET-SID 190 2-59
VALD-PROV 190 2-60
TL1 security and administration commands,
ACT-USER, ETS Comms
module 190 17-14
ALW-LOG-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-15
ALW-MSG-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-17
ALW-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-18
4-88 Master index
CANC-USER, ETS Comms
module 190 17-18
CANC-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-19
DLT-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-20
ED-DAT, ETS Comms module 190
17-21
ED-PID, ETS Comms module 190
17-22
ED-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-22
ENT-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-24
INH-LOG-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-26
INH-MSG-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-27
INH-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-28
RTRV-ALM-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-29
RTRV-ATTR-SECULOG, ETS
RTRV-HDR, ETS Comms
module 190 17-32
RTRV-STATUS, ETS Comms
module 190 17-33
RTRV-USER-SECU, ETS Comms
module 190 17-34
SET-ATTR-SECUALM, ETS Comms
module 190 17-36
SET-ATTR-SECULOG, ETS Comms
module 190 17-37
SET-SID, ETS Comms module 190
17-38
TL1 system commands
ACT-LASER 190 3-3
ED-IP 190 3-3
ED-IP-BGP 190 3-8
ED-IP-DNS 190 3-10
ED-IP-NAT 190 3-11
ED-IP-OSPF 190 3-13
ED-NE-CFG 190 3-17
ED-NE-FEAT 190 3-20
ED-NE-NAME 190 3-22
ENT-NE-CFG 190 3-23
RTRV-ATTR-IFS 190 3-29
RTRV-IP 190 3-30
RTRV-IP-BGP 190 3-33
RTRV-IP-DNS 190 3-34
RTRV-IP-NAT 190 3-36
RTRV-IP-OSPF 190 3-37
RTRV-NE-CFG 190 3-39
RTRV-NE-FEAT 190 3-41
RTRV-NE-LIST 190 3-42
RTRV-NE-NAME 190 3-43
RTRV-NETYPE 190 3-45
RTRV-STATUS 190 3-48
RTRV-SW-VER 190 3-49
SET-ATTR-IFS 190 3-51
SET-NETYPE 190 3-52
TL1 system commands, INIT-LOG, ETS
TL1 system commands, INIT-LOG, ETS
TL1 system commands, INIT-SYS, ETS
TL1 system commands, INIT-SYS, ETS
TL1 system commands, RTRV-LOG, ETS
TL1 system commands, RTRV-LOG, ETS
Master index 4-89
topologies
basic network 110 3-28
combining compound 110 3-36
compound 110 3-29
deployment rules
bridged linear and ring systems 110
3-52
bridged linear systems 110 3-49
bridged ring systems 110 3-51
combined compound systems 110 3-54
CWDM linear systems 110 3-41
CWDM ring systems 110 3-47
DWDM linear systems 110 3-37
DWDM ring systems 110 3-44
general 110 3-37
ITU CWDM linear systems 110 3-42
ITU CWDM ring systems 110 3-48
OMX-less linear systems 110 3-43
dual hub and spoke 110 3-31
hub and spoke 110 3-30
linear 110 3-28
ring 110 3-29
TPT. See transponder tray protection
traffic
adding to a Muxponder circuit pack 310
3-176
adding to an OCLD circuit pack 310 3-165
adding to an OTR circuit pack 310 3-170
protected MOTR path 310 3-204
protected OCLD path 310 3-192
protected OTR path 310 3-197
demands, understanding 110 9-1
forcing to one path on path-protected
system 310 3-185
removing a forced path switch 310 3-189
removing from a Muxponder circuit
pack 310 3-178
removing from an OCI circuit pack 310
3-163
removing from an OCLD circuit pack 310
3-167
traffic (continued)
removing from an OTR circuit pack 310
3-173
switching off a span in a path-protected
network 310 4-21
traffic patterns
about 110 3-25
bridged 110 3-27
dual hubbed 110 3-26
general types 110 1-7
hubbed 110 3-26
linear OADM 110 3-25
meshed 110 3-27
models 110 3-111
optical channel 110 1-7
point-to-point 110 3-25
transmitter topologies 110 3-160
transponder protection tray
about 102 24-1
connect Muxponder circuit packs to
subtending equipment through 221
3-346
connect OTR circuit packs to subtending
equipment through 221 3-166
connectors 102 24-6
installing 201 4-112, 210 4-56
location 102 24-6
ordering 110 13-98
replacing 546 2-119
transponder protection tray alarms
transport mode, OCI SRM GbE/FC,
trays in a drawer, installing 201 4-159, 210
4-81
4-90 Master index
troubleshooting
OME6500 40G alarms 542 28-1
fault sectionalization 542 2-1
intersite fault sectionalization 542 2-2
isolating faults with no alarms 542 1-3
OME1110 542 27-1
Optical Metro 5100/5200 542 1-1
SLEC status descriptions 542 2-17
Solaris environment variables 542 1-3
startup and operation, OME1110 542 27-2
TL1 backup failure 190 15-13
TL1 restore failure 190 15-15
Web browser 542 1-2
Troubleshooting window 101 6-7, 101 7-150
trunk switch protection 110 2-13
tunable laser circuit packs 102 4-31
U
universal fiber tool 201 10-4, 210 9-5
unprotected path, adding path protection 310
3-181
upgrading
1.25 Gbit/s OCM to OC48 OCM 310
3-242
bootloader
PC 546 3-116
Preside 546 3-122
Solaris 546 3-119
software load on a replacement SP circuit
pack
PC 546 3-128
Preside 546 3-130
Solaris 546 3-129
user account
adding 310 2-6
changing 310 2-8
deleting 310 2-12
managing 310 2-1
viewing details 310 2-5
user classes, customer 101 6-7
user levels, about 310 1-2
User Profile List window 101 7-154
user provisionable slot numbers
about 101 6-5
disabling 310 1-127
enabling 310 1-127
rules for provisioning 101 6-5, 101 6-7
using the Optical Metro gateway network
element, TL1 interface 190 1-32
USM user profile
viewing, adding, deleting, modifying 310
2-44
V
VALD-PROV, TL1 security and
VCAT
defect condition and conditioning 110
3-102
sequence numbering 110 3-101
vendor specific attributes for RADIUS
security 110 11-43
vertical fiber brackets
about 102 3-1
installing 201 4-22
location 102 3-2
viewing Interface statistics 310 10-3
viewing the IP Routing table 310 10-2
VOA drawer, installing 201 4-112
VOA drawer with one tray, installing 210
4-56
VOA drawer with two trays, installing 210
4-56
VOA tray, installing 210 4-81
W
warnings
locating with System Manager 542 3-2
types 542 3-2
wavelengths
C-band and L-band 110 1-18
CWDM 110 1-16
DWDM 110 1-12
filters 110 2-8
grouping into bands 110 1-17
ITU CWDM 110 1-16
Master index 4-91
WDM
optical layer 110 3-116
parallel site configurations 110 3-155
serial site configurations 110 3-155
slot configurations
5100 110 12-12
5200 110 12-4
WDM network
about 110 1-1
optical layer 110 1-2
Optical Metro 5100/5200 solution 110 1-3
Web browser
configuring Internet Explorer 220 1-32
Windows Vista/2000/XP, downloading
software from CD-ROM 220 1-7
worksheets, band and channel allocation 110
9-4
WSC
ports, connect to subtending
equipment 221 3-102
putting facility in-service 310 3-88
X
XFP module
adapter housing, cleaning 201 10-19, 210
9-20
installing 201 8-11, 210 7-14
ordering 110 13-81
replacing 546 3-61
4-92 Master index
Copyright 20002008 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved
This document is protected by copyright laws and international treaties. All
information, copyrights and any other intellectual property rights contained in this
document are the property of Nortel Networks. Except as expressly authorized in
writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information
contained herein and this document shall not be published, copied, produced or
reproduced, modified, translated, compiled, distributed, displayed or transmitted, in
whole or part, in any form or media.
Nortel
About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library
323-1701-090
Standard Release 10.1 Issue 1
June 2008
Printed in Canada
This information is provided as is, and Nortel Networks does not make or provide
any warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of
merchantability, non-infringement of third party intellectual property rights, and
fitness for a particular purpose.
Nortel, the Nortel logo, the Globemark, and OPTera are trademarks of Nortel
Networks.
HP and HP-UX are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard, Inc. Pentium is a trademark of
Intel Corporation. Internet Explorer, Windows, and Windows Vista are trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. Java, Solaris, and Ultra are trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company Limited.

323-1701-090 r10 1 PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

323-1701-090 r10 1 PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

NT0H65ARNT0H65AR 323-1701-090

Anda mungkin juga menyukai